Document:

exv10w1

Exhibit 10.1

PIPELINE SYSTEMS OPERATING AGREEMENT

     This Pipeline Systems Operating Agreement (the “Agreement”) is being entered into on
February 8, 2010, to be effective as of December 1, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), by and
among Navajo Refining Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“Navajo
Refining”), Lea Refining Company, a Delaware corporation (“Lea Refining”), Woods Cross
Refining Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“Woods Cross Refining”),
Holly Refining & Marketing – Tulsa LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holly Refining
Tulsa” and, together with Navajo Refining, Lea Refining, and Woods Cross Refining, the
“Holly Entities”), and Holly Energy Partners—Operating, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership (“Operator”). Each of the Holly Entities and the Operator are sometimes
individually referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

Background:

     A. Holly Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Holly”), is the ultimate parent of the
Holly Entities.

     B. Subsidiaries of Holly own and operate certain petroleum refineries in Artesia, New Mexico,
Lovington, New Mexico, Woods Cross, Utah and Tulsa, Oklahoma that are operated in conjunction with
the facilities set forth in Exhibit A (the “Facilities”).

     C. In connection with the ownership of the Facilities, the Holly Entities own certain assets
that deliver, store, or receive, material to and from (as applicable) the Facilities, which assets
are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and grouped by Facility (such asset groups
collectively, the “Systems”). The Systems transport, store and deliver refined petroleum
products, crude oil, natural gas, hydrogen and liquefied petroleum gas (the “Products”).

     D. The Holly Entities and Operator agree that Operator shall maintain and operate the Systems
in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Agreement:

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

     1. TERM. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless
earlier terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, shall expire on the date
occurring five (5) years after the Effective Date; provided, however, that the term
shall automatically renew for successive terms of five (5) years each, unless terminated pursuant
to Section 11 or Operator sooner resigns or is removed pursuant to Section 11. The
initial five (5) year term and any successive five (5) year term are referred to as the
“Term.”

 

 

     2. RETENTION OF OPERATOR. The Holly Entities hereby retain Operator, and any of
Operator’s subsidiaries to which Operator delegates any of its obligations or responsibilities
under this Agreement, as the operator of the Systems for the Term.

     3. DUTIES OF OPERATOR.

          3.1 Operation and Maintenance of Systems. During the Term, (a) the Holly Entities
retain Operator, and Operator accepts such retention, to manage, operate and maintain the Systems
for and on behalf of the Holly Entities; (b) the Holly Entities hereby authorize and empower
Operator to do and perform any and all acts and things necessary, requisite or proper for the
efficient and safe operation, maintenance, upkeep and repair of the Systems and to do all other
things that Operator deems necessary or appropriate to the accomplishment of the purposes of this
Agreement so that the Systems may be utilized for receiving, transporting, delivering and storing
Products; and (c) Operator shall manage and direct such operation, maintenance, upkeep and repair
of the Systems in an efficient, safe and economical manner and in conformity with the usual
practices in the industry and in accordance in all material respects with all valid and applicable
laws, rules and regulations of governmental authorities. Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement to the contrary, under no circumstances is Operator authorized to legally bind or act as
the agent of the Holly Entities.

          3.2 Purchase of Material, Supplies and Services. Subject to the provisions of
Sections 3.9, 4 and 8.2 and except as otherwise provided in
Section 3.7, Operator shall purchase or cause to be purchased necessary materials, supplies
and services and incur such expenses and enter into such commitments (including, but not limited
to, (a) contracts for the maintenance of, and the construction of additions to and replacements to,
the Systems and (b) contracts for power, fuel, other utilities and communication facilities) as may
be necessary in connection with proper operation and maintenance of the Systems and for providing
maintenance, additions and replacements thereto and the Holly Entities will reimburse Operator for
all amounts expended by Operator and its affiliates in connection with such purchases;
provided, however, that, the Holly Entities will not be required to reimburse
Operator or its affiliates for such amounts expended pursuant to a contract or agreement, whether
written or oral, (i) for a term that exceeds twelve (12) months, (ii) that is for an amount greater
than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), or (iii) that is material to any of the Holly Entities or
the Systems, unless, in each case, the Holly Entities consent in writing to such contract in
advance. If, pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.2, (i) Operator enters into any contract
containing a warranty, including, without limitation, a warranty on construction or fitness for a
particular purpose, and (ii) the Holly Entities reimburse Operator for the amounts expended by
Operator in connection with such contract (including the costs of pursuing any warranty claims
under such contract), Operator agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue any claims
for breach of such warranty and to assign any benefits Operator receives as a result of such
warranty to the applicable Holly Entity. Operator may also make sales, exchanges or other
dispositions of materials, equipment and supplies that are owned by a Holly Entity and are not
needed for operation of the Systems (including pipe or other equipment salvaged from or
constituting a part of any System) (“Surplus Materials”) with the consent of the Holly
Entity that owns such Surplus Materials. If Operator or any Holly Entity desire to purchase any
Surplus Materials, Operator shall request sealed bids from the Operator, the Holly Entities and any
affiliate of the Holly Entities. Any Surplus Materials may then be sold to the party submitting
the highest responsive bid, as determined by the Holly Entities, provided that the Holly
Entities

2

 

reserve the right to reject any and all bids if they determine, in their sole discretion, that
the price offered is too low or the other terms and conditions of the offer(s) are not in the best
interest of the Holly Entities.

          3.3 Personnel. Subject to the provisions of Sections 4 and 8.2,
Operator shall employ such personnel as may be necessary to efficiently operate and maintain the
Systems, to provide maintenance, additions and replacements thereto and to perform Operator’s other
obligations under this Agreement (the “Services”). Operator may also utilize from time to
time any of its other employees, or the employees of any affiliated entity, and engage the services
of third-party contractors to perform the Services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operator may
not engage any third-party contractors at the Holly Entities’ expense to perform any of the
services under Section 8.2, or otherwise charge the Holly Entities for services set forth
in Section 8.2, other than through the Management Fee set forth in Section 8.1.

          3.4 Retention of Contractors, Consultants and Advisors. Subject to the provisions of
Sections 4 and 8.2, Operator may retain the services of, and determine the
compensation of, such outside contractors, consultants and advisors (including engineers, attorneys
and accountants) as Operator may deem necessary from time to time in performance of Operator’s
obligations under this Agreement and the Holly Entities will reimburse Operator for all amounts
expended by Operator and its affiliates in connection with such services; provided,
however, that, the Holly Entities will not be required to reimburse Operator or its
affiliates for amounts expended pursuant to a contract or agreement, whether written or oral, (i)
for a term that exceeds twelve (12) months, (ii) that is for an amount greater than Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($50,000), or (iii) that is material to any of the Holly Entities or the Systems, unless,
in each case, the Holly Entities consent in writing to such contract in advance. If, pursuant to
the provisions of this Section 3.4, (i) Operator enters into any contract containing a warranty,
including, without limitation, a warranty on construction or fitness for a particular purpose, and
(ii) the Holly Entities reimburse Operator for the amounts expended by Operator in connection with
such contract (including the costs of pursuing any warranty claims under such contract), Operator
agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue any claims for breach of such warranty and
to assign any benefits Operator receives as a result of such warranty to the applicable Holly
Entity.

          3.5 Reports. Operator shall prepare and file for the Holly Entities all reports in
conjunction with the operation of the Systems that are required by any regulatory bodies or
agencies having jurisdiction over any System or the operation thereof. Operator shall provide
substantially final drafts of such reports to the Holly Entities for their review and comment as
soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than fifteen days prior to the due date of
such report, and Operator shall endeavor in good faith to incorporate all written comments the
Holly Entities provide to Operator within ten days of the Holly Entities’ receipt of the draft
report in the final report that Operator files. Any reports under the name of a Holly Entity and
requiring a signature shall be executed by a duly authorized representative of such Holly Entity.
Without limiting the foregoing, Operator must report to the Holly Entities, at least once every
twelve (12) months, regarding its operation of the Systems (each report, an “Operation
Report”). Each Operation Report must include at least the following information:

3

 

          3.5.1 as of the date of such report, the status of expenditures (both capital
and expense) as compared, since the last Operation Report, to the Budgets prepared
under Section 4.4;

          3.5.2 a report of the operations and maintenance of the Systems since the last
Operation Report; and

          3.5.3 the date any new facilities are added to or removed from the Systems and
placed in service or removed from service.

          3.6 Payment of Expenses. Subject to the provisions of Sections 3.2,
3.4, 4 and 8.2, the Holly Entities shall promptly, and in any event within
thirty (30) days after receiving from Operator a written invoice, cause to be paid and discharged
all expenses, costs and liabilities incurred by Operator in operating and maintaining the Systems
and in providing replacements and additions thereto in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,
including Sections 5 and 8 and the amounts to be reimbursed pursuant to
Sections 3.2 and 3.4.

          3.7 Miscellaneous Agreements. Acting as operator for the Systems, Operator shall
negotiate and prepare the following documents for the review, approval and execution by the
applicable Holly Entities:

          3.7.1 Agreements for Lowering, Adjustment or Relocation. Contracts
between the Holly Entities and governmental agencies and/or landowners to lower,
adjust or relocate a pipeline and/or any pipeline facilities that are part of any
System.

          3.7.2 Documents Involving Land Related Rights. The following
instruments and documents relating to real property interests owned by the Holly
Entities and relating to the Systems (including an extension, termination,
assignment and amendment of such instruments and documents):

     (a) releases, partial releases, leases, subleases, easements,
rights-of-way, licenses, permits, consents, deeds and other agreements for
acquisition or disposition of any of the foregoing rights and interests and
other agreements for the use of real property; and

     (b) applications for any of the foregoing relating to lands, waters and
other property owned by or under the jurisdiction of any government or
governmental authority.

          3.8 ROW Maintenance. Certain documents involving real property rights relating to the
Systems (“ROW Documents”) are held by the Holly Entities. Operator shall be responsible
for causing all payments and, to the extent permitted under this Agreement, taking all actions
required in connection with maintaining and protecting the beneficial rights of the Holly Entities
under the ROW Documents; provided, that the Holly Entities agree that upon the request of
Operator, the applicable Holly Entity will take such actions in its name as the holder of legal
title to the ROW Documents, including paying such annual charges or other fees or expenses in its
name, that Operator and the Holly Entities may determine are in the best interests of the Holly
Entities.

4

 

          3.9 Additions and Replacements. Any addition or replacement to any System that
exceeds Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and is not included in a Capital Budget, Operating Budget
or approved Capital Project (each as defined in Section 4.1), shall be subject to prior
approval by the Holly Entities.

     4. BUDGETS AND AUTHORITY FOR EXPENDITURES

          4.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the term “Calendar Year”
means a year beginning on the first day of January and ending on the last day of December, (b) the
term “Capital Project” means such additions, improvements and replacements to the Systems
that under Holly’s then current budget methodologies would be considered a capital project or
capital improvement, (c) the term “Capital Budget” means a budget covering all Capital
Projects that Operator deems advisable to make during a Calendar Year and (d) the term
“Operating Budget” means a complete budget covering all expenditures categorized as
operating expense that Operator deems advisable to make during a Calendar Year, other than for
Capital Projects.

          4.2 Preparation of Budgets and Presentation to the Holly Entities. In order to inform
the Holly Entities of operating and capital expenses contemplated for a forthcoming Calendar Year,
to provide limitations upon Operator’s ability to make certain expenditures and to grant Operator
authority to make certain expenditures during the Term, Operator shall prepare in reasonably
concise form and shall present to the Holly Entities on or before each October 1 the following
budgets for the next succeeding Calendar Year: (a) an Operating Budget for the Systems that (i)
shall specifically itemize each maintenance and repair project that is reasonably estimated to
exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), (ii) shall specifically itemize non-routine expenses that
are chargeable to specific assets and identify the specific assets to which such non-routine
expenses relate and (iii) shall make reasonable provisions for foreseen and unforeseen
contingencies by including an item for maintenance and repair projects of less than Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($50,000) per project and (b) a Capital Budget for the Systems that (i) shall specifically
itemize each Capital Project, the cost of which is reasonably estimated to exceed Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($50,000) per project, (ii) shall specifically itemize all other Capital Projects and
identify the particular assets to which such Capital Projects relate and (iii) shall make
reasonable provisions for foreseen and unforeseen contingencies by including an item for Capital
Projects reasonably estimated to be less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per project. If
requested by the Holly Entities, Operator shall provide the Holly Entities with preliminary data
reasonably in advance of October 1. Both the Operating Budget and the Capital Budget
(collectively, the “Budgets”) shall include as attachments a list of agreements (as such
agreements become known or available) that affect budgets for years following the Calendar Year for
which the Budgets are submitted.

          4.3 Budget Amendments. At any time, Operator may propose amendments making changes,
additions or deletions to either or both Budgets for a Calendar Year by presenting a written budget
amendment to the Holly Entities (a “Budget Amendment”). Each Budget Amendment shall comply
with the provisions of Section 4.2 concerning specific itemization of maintenance and
repair projects and Capital Projects exceeding Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and non-routine
expenses and Capital Projects relating to particular assets.

5

 

          4.4 Approval of Budgets and Amendments. The Holly Entities shall have thirty (30)
days from the date Operator submits the required Operating Budget and Capital Budget to approve or
reject such Budgets in whole or in part. Any part of any Budget that is rejected shall either be
deleted or resubmitted at the direction of the Holly Entities. Operator shall then have thirty
(30) days to resubmit any Budget for approval, and the Holly Entities shall endeavor to approve any
such Budget by December 31 of the Calendar Year in which such Budget is submitted. Any Budget or
part of any Budget that has not been approved by the Holly Entities shall be deemed rejected as of
December 31 of the Calendar Year in which such Budget is submitted. Operator shall continue to
operate under the existing Budget until such new Budget is approved, except that the items in such
existing Budget will be increased by an amount that is equal to the percentage increase in the PPI
(as defined in Section 8.1). For example, if a Budget for the year 2010 is not agreed to
before January 1, 2010, Operator will operate under the Budget for 2009, adjusted by the percentage
increase in the PPI between the month of October 2008 and the month of October 2009, until such
time as such Budget for 2010 is finally determined.

          4.5 Authority for Expenditure. During a Calendar Year, Operator shall have the right
and authority with respect to each item appearing in such Calendar Year’s approved Operating Budget
and Capital Budget (as they may be amended by any approved Budget Amendment) to make expenditures
up to one hundred and fifteen percent (115%) of the respective amount provided in such Budgets. No
single item of cost or expense that is not specifically identified in an approved Operating Budget
or Capital Budget and is estimated will result in a charge in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars
($50,000), except in case of emergencies as provided in Section 4.7, shall be incurred by
Operator without the prior written consent of the Holly Entities. Actual costs or expenses of
budgeted items shall not exceed one hundred and fifteen percent (115%) of the budgeted amount
without prior written consent of the Holly Entities. Operator has no authority to make
expenditures on behalf of the Holly Entities except as provided in this Section 4.5 or as
permitted under Sections 3.2 or 4.7.

          4.6 Notice of Budget Variances. If Operator determines that either the Operating
Budget or Capital Budget, any item of the Operating Budget or the Capital Budget relating to a
specific asset and constituting a non-routine expense or a Capital Project will be exceeded by more
than one hundred and fifteen percent (115%) of the amount of the respective Budget or the amount
budgeted for an item or Capital Project, as applicable, then Operator shall give written notice to
the Holly Entities of such excess and shall solicit the written consent of the Holly Entities.
Unless Operator receives the written consent of the Holly Entities, Operator shall not charge any
of such excess costs to the Holly Entities beyond what is permitted under Section 4.5.

          4.7 Emergencies. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 4 to the
contrary, in cases of Emergency, as defined below, Operator may proceed with maintenance or repair
work when necessary to keep the Systems operating or to restore the facilities to operating
condition or to minimize damage, without necessity for consent of the Holly Entities even when such
cost and expense exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000). Operator shall use its commercially
reasonable efforts to notify the Holly Entities as promptly as practicable of such Emergency, and
in no event shall Operator notify any regulatory agency without also notifying the Holly Entities
at the same time in like form. Such notification shall be by method deemed most appropriate by
Operator. For purposes of this Agreement, an “Emergency” shall mean a sudden or

6

 

unexpected event which causes, or risks causing, damage to a System, or death or injury to any
person, or any other event that is of such a nature that a response cannot, in the sole discretion
of Operator, await the decision of the Holly Entities.

     5. ACCOUNTING

          5.1 Maintenance of Accounts. Operator shall maintain true and accurate accounts of
all expenses, costs and liabilities chargeable to the Holly Entities under Sections 4,
7 and 8 and all revenue accrued and invoiced, all of which shall be charged or
credited to the Holly Entities, in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
practiced in the United States at the time prevailing for firms engaged in a business similar to
that of the Holly Entities and in accordance with the Uniform System of Accounts (including any
subsequent modifications or revisions thereof) Prescribed for Oil Pipeline Companies by the Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission or its successors or by any other governmental agency having
regulatory jurisdiction over the Holly Entities or any System, consistently applied (collectively,
“GAAP”). Operator shall maintain such books of account at its principal place of business
and such shall be open to inspection and examination at reasonable times by the Holly Entities or
any of their authorized representatives.

          5.2 Government Reports. Operator shall prepare and file any reports required by any
commission or governmental agency having jurisdiction over any System; provided,
however, that Operator shall provide substantially final drafts of such reports to the
Holly Entities for their review and comment as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event
later than fifteen days prior to the due date of such report, and Operator shall endeavor in good
faith to incorporate all written comments the Holly Entities provide to Operator within ten days of
the Holly Entities’ receipt of the draft report in the final report that Operator files. Any
reports under the name of a Holly Entity and requiring a signature shall be executed by a duly
authorized representative of such Holly Entity.

     6. OPERATING PROCEDURES

          6.1 Common Carrier Operations. If any of the Systems is a common carrier, then
Operator shall operate such System on behalf of the Holly Entities as a common carrier and in
conformance with applicable tariffs and rules and regulations applicable to oil pipeline common
carriers under the Interstate Commerce Act.

          6.2 Measurements of Shipments and Deliveries. Measurements of shipments and
deliveries shall be made in accordance with Operator’s standard measurement policies and
procedures, which policies and procedures shall be subject to the approval of the Holly Entities,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. To the extent amendments are dictated by
industry practices, governmental regulation or the reasonable operational requirements of Operator,
Operator reserves the right to propose amendments to this procedure from time to time for approval
by the Holly Entities, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Product custody transfer
will take place at the meters under the control of Operator. The Holly Entities will have the
right to witness all meter provings and instrument calibrations. The Holly Entities will pay only
for unscheduled meter provings requested by the Holly Entities and found to be within acceptable
limits according to the approved policies and procedures.

7

 

          6.3 Product Quality. Where applicable, Operator shall maintain and enforce the
minimum specifications set forth in the Holly Entities’ tariffs as in effect from time to time for
the Systems.

          6.4 Product Losses and Gains. Where applicable, accounting for Product losses and
gains from the Systems shall be governed by the terms and conditions of applicable Holly Entity
tariffs.

          6.5 Scheduling. Operator shall schedule shipments on the Systems in the manner that
most efficiently utilizes the Systems.

     7. INSURANCE, CLAIMS AND RELEASE OF OPERATOR

          7.1 Insurance Coverage of Operator. During the Term, Operator agrees to carry and
keep in force, or cause its Delegates (as defined below) to carry and keep in force, commercially
reasonable insurance coverage for the protection of itself and the Holly Entities, including at a
minimum the insurance described below:

          7.1.1 Workers’ compensation/employers liability insurance that provides
statutory workers’ compensation benefits. The policy must have a deductible or
self-insured retention of no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per
person per accident. The employers liability insurance should have limits of no
less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). The term “workers’ compensation” as
used herein includes that which is required under the laws of any state or other
governmental entity applicable to the work being performed for the Systems by
Operator.

          7.1.2 Commercial automobile liability insurance with a limit of One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000) per accident for bodily injury and/or property damage.

          7.1.3 Commercial or comprehensive general liability insurance on an occurrence
form with a combined single limit of no less than Fifteen Million Dollars
($15,000,000) per occurrence, and annual aggregates of Fifteen Million Dollars
($15,000,000), for bodily injury and property damage, including coverage for blanket
contractual liability, broad form property damage, environmental restoration,
personal injury liability, independent contractors and Petroleum Product/completed
operations and in the aggregate.

          7.1.4 Property damage insurance (including boiler and machinery coverage)
insuring Operator’s and its Delegates assets against loss or damage by fire and the
other hazards covered by a standard extended coverage and all-risk insurance policy
for the full insurable value thereof on a replacement cost claim recovery basis
(without reduction for depreciation or co-insurance and without any exclusions or
reduction of policy limits for acts of domestic and foreign terrorism or other
specified action/inaction). The insurance policy will include a waiver of
subrogation against the Holly Entities and Operator agrees to waive subrogation
against the Holly Entities. Notwithstanding anything in this

8

 

Agreement to the contrary, Operator shall not charge any of the premiums for
this insurance to the Holly Entities.

          7.1.5 The insurance limits required by Sections 7.1.1, 7.1.2,
7.1.3 and 7.1.4 may be satisfied by the use of umbrella or excess
policies, provided the required insurance is properly scheduled therein.

          7.1.6 As part of the Management Fee, the Holly Entities shall pay Operator the
amount set forth on Exhibit A for the line item labeled “Insurance
Reimbursement” as reimbursement of the premiums for the insurance required by
Sections 7.1.1, 7.1.2 and 7.1.3. It is the intent of the
Parties that the Holly Entities be charged the premiums for the insurance required
by Sections 7.1.1, 7.1.2 and 7.1.3 only to the extent such
insurance relates to the services to be performed by Operator and its affiliates
under this Agreement and that Operator and its affiliates shall be responsible for
that portion of the premium that relates to their other assets and business in
general. The Parties recognize that this division of the premium cannot be
calculated exactly and agree that upon the written request of either the Holly
Entities to Operator or Operator to the Holly Entities, they shall renegotiate the
Insurance Reimbursement amount. In the event the Holly Entities and Operator are
unable to agree on a new Insurance Reimbursement amount within thirty (30) days
following the written request of either the Holly Entities or Operator to
renegotiate such amount, including if the failure to agree is due in part to
Operator and its affiliates carrying insurance policies that exceed what the Holly
Entities deem to be commercially reasonable insurance coverage, then the Holly
Entities shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with
Section 11.4.

          7.1.7 Operator shall require all contractors engaged in work for the benefit of
the Systems to comply with all applicable workers’ compensation, social security,
labor, and employer’s liability laws and to maintain such insurance as may be
required by the Holly Entities from time to time and by applicable law, regulation
or contract, and to carry other insurance in such amounts as Operator shall
determine is appropriate. All insurance under Sections 7.1.2 and
7.1.3 shall include the Holly Entities as additional insureds and for
contractors shall be endorsed with an appropriate waiver of subrogation in favor of
the Holly Entities and Operator.

          7.2 Insurance Coverage of Holly Entities. During the Term, the Holly Entities agree
to carry and keep in force the following insurance for protection of themselves and Operator:

          7.2.1 Workers’ compensation/employers liability insurance that provides
statutory workers’ compensation benefits. The policy must have a deductible or
self-insured retention of no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per
person per accident. The employer’s liability insurance should have limits of no
less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). The term “workers’ compensation” as
used herein includes that which is required under the

9

 

laws of any state or other governmental entity applicable to the work being
performed at the Facilities by the Holly Entities.

          7.2.2 Commercial automobile liability insurance with a limit of One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000) per accident for bodily injury and/or property damage.

          7.2.3 Commercial or comprehensive general liability insurance on an occurrence
form with a combined single limit of no less than Fifteen Million Dollars
($15,000,000) per occurrence, and annual aggregates of Fifteen Million Dollars
($15,000,000), for bodily injury and property damage, including coverage for blanket
contractual liability, broad form property damage, environmental restoration,
personal injury liability, independent contractors and Petroleum Product/completed
operations and in the aggregate. The insurance policy will include a waiver of
subrogation against Operator and the Holly Entities agree to waive subrogation
against Operator, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

          7.2.4 Property damage insurance (including boiler and machinery coverage)
insuring the Holly Entities’ assets against loss or damage by fire and the other
hazards covered by a standard extended coverage and all-risk insurance policy for
the full insurable value thereof on a replacement cost claim recovery basis (without
reduction for depreciation or co-insurance and without any exclusions or reduction
of policy limits for acts of domestic and foreign terrorism or other specified
action/inaction). The insurance policy will include a waiver of subrogation against
Operator and the Holly Entities agree to waive subrogation against Operator, except
in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

          7.2.5 The insurance limits required by Sections 7.2.1, 7.2.2,
7.2.3, and 7.2.4 may be satisfied by the use of umbrella or excess
policies, provided the required insurance is properly scheduled therein.

          7.3 Release and Indemnification of Operator. Inasmuch as Operator has agreed with the
Holly Entities to maintain and operate the Systems on a combination Management Fee and direct
charge basis, the Holly Entities hereby release Operator and its employees, agents and affiliates,
including, without limitation, any subsidiary of Operator to whom Operator delegates any of its
rights or obligations under this Agreement (a “Delegate”), and contractors, and agrees to
fully indemnify, defend and hold harmless Operator and its employees, agents, affiliates, Delegates
and contractors, from (a) all claims arising out of, in connection with or as an incident to, any
act or omission, including negligence, of Operator or its employees, agents, affiliates, Delegates
or contractors in maintaining and operating the Systems that exceeds the insurance coverage carried
by Operator pursuant to Section 7.1 or that are not of the character of liability covered
under such insurance and (b) all deductible payments required under the insurance coverage carried
by Operator; provided, however, that the release and indemnification of Operator
under this Section 7.3 does not apply to claims that arise from the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of Operator or its employees, agents, affiliates, Delegates or contractors or to
the extent of any

10

 

insurance of Operator carried pursuant to Section 7.1. The provisions of this
Section 7.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

          7.4 Release and Indemnification of the Holly Entities. Operator hereby releases each
of the Holly Entities and their affiliates and agrees to fully indemnify, defend and hold harmless
the Holly Entities and their affiliates, to the extent that claims arise from the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of Operator its employees, agents, affiliates that are subsidiaries of
Operator, Delegates or contractors, in maintaining and operating the Systems, or to the extent
covered by insurance carried by Operator pursuant to Section 7.1. The provisions of this
Section 7.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

     8. COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT TERMS

          8.1 Management Fee. Operator shall charge the Holly Entities an annual management fee
in the aggregate amount set forth on Exhibit A (the “Management Fee”) to compensate
Operator for performing the services set forth in Section 8.2. The Management Fee shall be
paid by the Holly Entities to Operator in equal monthly installments on the first of the month and
shall be prorated for the period (including any partial months) beginning on the Effective Date
through December 31, 2009. The Management Fee will be adjusted each July 1, commencing July 1,
2010, by an amount equal to the upper change in the annual change rounded to four decimal places of
the Producers Price Index-Commodities-Finished Goods, (PPI), et al. (“PPI”), produced by
the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureaus of Labor Statistics. The series ID is WPUSOP3000 as of
December 31, 2007 – located at http://www.bls.gov/data/. The change factor shall be calculated as
follows: annual PPI index (most current year) less annual PPI index (most current year
minus 1) divided by annual PPI index (most current year minus 1). An example for year 2006
change is: [PPI (2005) – PPI (2004)] / PPI (2004) or (155.7 – 148.5) / 148.5 or .0485 or 4.85%. If
the PPI index change is negative in a given year then the annual change will be deemed to be
“zero.” In the event the above index is no longer published as presently constituted, the Parties
shall negotiate in good faith to agree on a new index that gives comparable protection against
inflation, and the same method of adjustment for increases in the new index shall be used to
calculate increases in the Management Fee.

          8.2 Included Services. The Management Fee covers those services described in Part I
of Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof. All services referred to in Part I of
Exhibit B performed by Operator shall be absorbed by Operator at no extra charge to the
Holly Entities beyond the Management Fee.

          8.3 Direct Charge Expenses (Generally). Subject to the terms and provisions of this
Agreement, including Sections 4 and 8.2, (a) routine costs, including wages,
salaries, benefits, payroll taxes and travel, personal expenses and supplies associated with direct
field operating and/or maintenance work performed by Operator’s area level staff will be directly
charged to and paid by the Holly Entities, (b) non-routine activities outside the ordinary course
of business including, but not limited to, special studies and projects, external audits, outside
legal services, and (subject to Section 7) litigation, Capital Budget or Operating Budget
projects and approved engineering, design, construction and expansion projects (in accordance with
Section 4), shall be directly charged to and paid by the Holly Entities, and (c) those
activities and services described on Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof
shall be directly charged to and paid

11

 

by the Holly Entities. Activities included under clause (a) of this Section 8.3
include, but are not limited to, day-to-day routine operations and maintenance of the Systems based
on actual costs. This Section 8.3 is applicable to, but shall not be limited to,
supervisors, foremen, control center operators and operating maintenance personnel, but excludes
services set forth in Section 8.2 (which are covered by the Management Fee). All such
direct charges shall be paid by the Holly Entities to Operator within thirty (30) days after the
Holly Entities receive from Operator a written invoice setting forth such direct charges.

          8.4 Description of Direct Charge Expenses. Examples of the types of costs properly
chargeable to the Holly Entities under Section 8.3, subject to Sections 4 and
8.2 and the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, as direct charge items are listed
in Part II of Exhibit B and on Exhibit C attached hereto.

     9. SURPLUS EQUIPMENT; INVENTORIES

          9.1 Disposal of Material and Equipment. Except as provided in Section 3.2, no
materials or equipment relating to any System and owned by a Holly Entity may be sold or disposed
of without such Holly Entity first approving such sale or disposition. All proceeds derived from
any such sale or disposition shall be credited to the account of the applicable Holly Entity.

          9.2 Inventories, Reports, Etc. Inventories and other matters referred to in this
Section 9.2 shall be governed by the following:

          9.2.1 Certain Regulatory Reports. Operator shall arrange for such
reports, right-of-way alignment maps, field inventories and valuation reports and
statements of reconciliation as may be required by regulatory agencies having
jurisdiction over the Systems and in the number of copies required.

          9.2.2 Inventories of Systems. Except as provided in
Sections 9.2.1 and 9.2.3, Operator shall not be required to make any
inventories of any System except upon the mutual agreement of the Holly Entities and
Operator.

          9.2.3 Inventories of Material Stock. Not more frequently than every
four (4) years, Operator shall inventory all of the material stock of each System
and furnish the Holly Entities with a statement reflecting the value of the account
and its findings as the result of such inventory insofar as there are any “overs”
and “shorts.” Notice of intention to make such an inventory shall be given by
Operator to the Holly Entities in order that the Holly Entities may be represented
during the inventory. Any costs incurred by Operator in the taking and assembling
of these inventories shall be charged as a direct charge to the Holly Entities.

     10. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

          10.1 Disputes. Any and all Arbitrable Disputes must be resolved through the use of
binding arbitration using three arbitrators, in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of
the American Arbitration Association, as supplemented to the extent necessary to

12

 

determine any procedural appeal questions by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the
United States Code). If there is any inconsistency between this Section 10.1 and the
Commercial Arbitration Rules or the Federal Arbitration Act, the terms of this Section 10.1
will control the rights and obligations of the Parties. Arbitration must be initiated within the
time limits set forth in this Agreement, or if no such limits apply, then within a reasonable time
or the time period allowed by the applicable statute of limitations. Arbitration may be initiated
by a Party (“Claimant”) serving written notice on the other Party (“Respondent”)
that the Claimant elects to refer the Arbitrable Dispute to binding arbitration. Claimant’s notice
initiating binding arbitration must identify the arbitrator Claimant has appointed. The Respondent
shall respond to Claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Claimant’s notice, identifying
the arbitrator Respondent has appointed. If the Respondent fails for any reason to name an
arbitrator within the 30-day period, Claimant shall petition the American Arbitration Association
for appointment of an arbitrator for Respondent’s account. The two arbitrators so chosen shall
select a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the second arbitrator has been appointed.
The Claimant will pay the compensation and expenses of the arbitrator named by it, and the
Respondent will pay the compensation and expenses of the arbitrator named by or for it. The costs
of petitioning for the appointment of an arbitrator, if any, shall be paid by Respondent. The
Claimant and Respondent will each pay one-half of the compensation and expenses of the third
arbitrator. All arbitrators must (i) be neutral parties who have never been officers, directors or
employees of any of the Holly Entities, Operator or any of their affiliates and (ii) have not less
than seven (7) years experience in the petroleum transportation industry. The hearing will be
conducted in Dallas, Texas and commence within thirty (30) days after the selection of the third
arbitrator. The Holly Entities, Operator and the arbitrators shall proceed diligently and in good
faith in order that the award may be made as promptly as possible. Except as provided in the
Federal Arbitration Act, the decision of the arbitrators will be binding on and non-appealable by
the Parties hereto. The arbitrators shall have no right to grant or award indirect, consequential,
punitive or exemplary damages of any kind. The Arbitrable Disputes may be arbitrated in a common
proceeding along with disputes under other agreements between the Holly Entities, Operator or their
affiliates to the extent that the issues raised in such disputes are related. Without the written
consent of the Parties, no unrelated disputes or third party disputes may be joined to an
arbitration pursuant to this Agreement.

          10.2 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
meanings set forth below:

          10.2.1 “Applicable Law” means any applicable statute, law, regulation,
ordinance, rule, judgment, rule of law, order, decree, permit, approval, concession,
grant, franchise, license, agreement, requirement, or other governmental restriction
or any similar form of decision of, or any provision or condition of any permit,
license or other operating authorization issued under any of the foregoing by, or
any determination by any Governmental Authority having or asserting jurisdiction
over the matter or matters in question, whether now or hereafter in effect and in
each case as amended (including, without limitation, all of the terms and provisions
of the common law of such Governmental Authority), as interpreted and enforced at
the time in question.

          10.2.2 “Arbitrable Dispute” means any and all disputes, Claims,
controversies and other matters in question between any of the Holly Entities, on

13

 

the one hand, and Operator, on the other hand, arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or the alleged breach hereof, or in any way relating to the subject
matter of this Agreement regardless of whether (a) allegedly extra-contractual in
nature, (b) sounding in contract, tort or otherwise, (c) provided for by Applicable
Law or otherwise or (d) seeking damages or any other relief, whether at law, in
equity or otherwise.

          10.2.3 “Claim” means any existing or threatened future claim, demand,
suit, action, investigation, proceeding, governmental action or cause of action of
any kind or character (in each case, whether civil, criminal, investigative or
administrative), known or unknown, under any theory, including those based on
theories of contract, tort, statutory liability, strict liability, employer
liability, premises liability, products liability, breach of warranty or
malpractice.

          10.2.4 “Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local or
foreign government or any provincial, departmental or other political subdivision
thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court,
department, commission, board, bureau, agency, instrumentality or administrative
body of any of the foregoing.

     11. TERMINATION, DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES; RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF OPERATOR

          11.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by (a) the written agreement of
the Parties or (b) by the Holly Entities, on the one hand, or Operator, on the other hand, giving
the other Party or Parties, as the case may be, written notice of termination at least 180 days
prior to the expiration of the initial five (5) year term or any successive five (5) year term, as
applicable, in which case this Agreement shall terminate as of 12:01 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, on
the expiration of the initial five (5) year term or the successive five (5) year term, as
applicable. The Holly Entities shall remain liable for and shall pay all Management Fees and
direct costs incurred for any period prior to termination and for any termination payments due to
third parties in connection with any such termination.

          11.2 Default of the Holly Entities. If the Holly Entities fail to make any payment
required to be made by the Holly Entities hereunder or fail to perform any other obligation to be
performed by the Holly Entities hereunder, Operator shall give the Holly Entities a written notice
of default setting forth in reasonable detail the defaults of the Holly Entities and stating the
actions that, if taken and pursued to completion, would cure such defaults. If the Holly Entities
have not cured such defaults within thirty (30) days after receiving said notice, or within a
reasonable time after receiving said notice (if the default is of a kind that reasonably cannot be
cured within thirty (30) days), Operator shall have the right and option to terminate this
Agreement and to pursue its remedies at law or in equity, subject to the provisions of
Section 10.

          11.3 Default by Operator. If Operator fails to perform any obligation to be performed
by Operator hereunder, the Holly Entities shall give Operator a written notice of default setting
forth in reasonable detail the defaults of Operator and stating the actions that, if taken and

14

 

pursued to completion, would cure such defaults. If Operator has not cured such defaults
within thirty (30) days after receiving said notice, or within a reasonable time after receiving
said notice (if the default is of a kind that reasonably cannot be cured within thirty (30) days),
the Holly Entities shall have the right and option to remove the Operator as provided in
Section 11.6 and/or to terminate this Agreement and to pursue its remedies at law or in
equity, subject to the provisions of Section 10.

          11.4 Failure to Agree on Insurance. If (i) Operator carries insurance policies that
exceed what the Holly Entities deem to be commercially reasonable coverage or (ii) the Holly
Entities and Operator are unable to agree on a new Insurance Reimbursement amount within thirty
(30) days following the written request of either the Holly Entities or Operator to renegotiate
such amount, including if the failure to agree is due in part to Operator and its affiliates
carrying insurance policies that exceed what the Holly Entities deem to be commercially reasonable
insurance coverage, then the Holly Entities may give notice of removal to Operator, in which case
Operator shall be removed as Operator but shall nevertheless continue to perform all of the duties,
responsibilities and obligations of Operator until the first to occur of (a) the expiration of
twelve (12) months from the date of such notice of removal or (b) such time as the Holly Entities
notify Operator that the Holly Entities have selected a successor operator.

          11.5 Resignation of Operator. Operator may resign by sending written notice to the
Holly Entities; provided, however, that Operator shall not be relieved of duties as
Operator for a period of at least twelve (12) months after the date of such notice or until such
earlier time as a successor Operator has been retained.

          11.6 Removal of Operator for Cause. If (i) Operator breaches or defaults in the
performance of any term or condition of this Agreement, (ii) such breach or default materially and
adversely affects, or would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect, the
operation or maintenance of the Systems and (iii) Operator has failed to correct any such breach or
default within thirty (30) days after notice of such breach or default is given by a Holly Entity
to Operator, then the Holly Entities may give notice of removal to Operator, in which case Operator
shall be removed as Operator but shall nevertheless continue to perform all of the duties,
responsibilities and obligations of Operator until the first to occur of (a) the expiration of
twelve (12) months from the date of such notice of removal or (b) such time as the Holly Entities
notify Operator that the Holly Entities have selected a successor operator. A Holly Entity’s
notice of breach or default to Operator under this Section 11.6 shall state with
particularity the breach or default complained of. To the extent Operator disputes a Holly
Entity’s complaint, then the matter shall be addressed pursuant to the terms of Section 10;
provided, however, the Holly Entities’ ability to deliver a notice of removal to
Operator relating to such breach or default that is the subject of the arbitration shall be limited
while such arbitration is ongoing. A finding by the arbitration panel pursuant to
Section 10 that Operator breached or defaulted in the performance of any such term or
condition of this Agreement, such breach or default materially and adversely affected, or would
reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect, the operation or maintenance of any
asset listed on Exhibit A and failed to correct any such breach of default within thirty
(30) days after notice by a Holly Entity, shall be final and binding upon the Parties and shall
permit the Holly Entities to deliver notice of removal to Operator and remove Operator as provided
in this Section 11.6.

15

 

     12. LIMITATION OF DAMAGES

          12.1 NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS
AGREEMENT AND EXCEPT FOR CLAIMS MADE BY THIRD PARTIES WHICH SHALL NOT BE LIMITED BY THIS PARAGRAPH,
THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE RECOVERY BY ANY PARTY, INCLUDING PURSUANT TO SECTION 7.3 OR
7.4 OF ANY LIABILITIES, DAMAGES, COSTS OR OTHER EXPENSES SUFFERED OR INCURRED BY IT (i) AS
A RESULT OF ANY BREACH OR NONFULFILLMENT BY A PARTY OF ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES,
COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (ii) BY REASON OF OR ARISING OUT
OF ANY OF THE CONDITIONS OR OTHER MATTERS LISTED IN SECTION 7.3 OR SECTION 7.4
WHICH THE PARTIES HAVE AGREED TO INDEMNIFY THE OTHER PARTY AGAINST, SHALL BE LIMITED TO ACTUAL
DAMAGES AND SHALL NOT INCLUDE OR APPLY TO, NOR SHALL ANY PARTY BE ENTITLED TO RECOVER, ANY
INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY DAMAGES
ON ACCOUNT OF LOST PROFITS OR OPPORTUNITIES OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR DIMINUTION IN VALUE)
SUFFERED OR INCURRED BY ANY PARTY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH RESTRICTION AND
LIMITATION SHALL NOT APPLY TO A PARTY’S OBLIGATION TO INDEMNIFY THE OTHER PARTY UNDER SECTION
7.3 OR SECTION 7.4 HEREOF, AS APPLICABLE, (x) AS A RESULT OF A THIRD PARTY CLAIM FOR
SUCH INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OR (y) FOR INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY DAMAGES ON ACCOUNT OF LOST
PROFITS OR OPPORTUNITIES OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR DIMINUTION IN VALUE) THAT ARE A RESULT OF SUCH
INDEMNIFYING PARTY’S OR ITS AFFILIATES GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

          12.2 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary and solely for the purpose of
determining which of the Holly Entities shall be liable in a particular circumstance, no Holly
Entity shall be liable to another Party for any loss, damage, injury, judgment, claim, cost,
expense or other liability suffered or incurred by such Party (the “Damaged Party”) except
to the extent that the Holly Entity causes such loss, damage, injury, judgment, claim, cost,
expense or other liability suffered or incurred by the Damaged Party or owns or operates the
Systems or other property in question responsible for causing such loss, damage, injury, judgment,
claim, cost, expense or other liability suffered or incurred by the Damaged Party.

     13. GENERAL CONDITIONS; MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

          13.1 Notice. Any notice or other communication given under this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent by documented overnight delivery service,
(iii) sent by email transmission, or (iv) sent by first class mail, postage prepaid (certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested). Such notice shall be deemed to have been duly given
(x) if received, on the date of the delivery, with a receipt for delivery, (y) if refused, on the
date of the refused delivery, with a receipt for refusal, or (z) with respect to email
transmissions, on the date the recipient confirms receipt. Notices or other communications shall
be directed to the following addresses

16

 

          Notices to the Holly Entities:

c/o Holly Corporation

100 Crescent Court, Suite 1600

Dallas, Texas 75201-6927

Attention: David L. Lamp

Email address: president@hollycorp.com

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, but is required in order to

give proper notice, to:

c/o Holly Corporation

100 Crescent Court, Suite 1600

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attn: General Counsel

Email address: generalcounsel@hollycorp.com

          Notices to the Operator:

Holly Energy Partners—Operating, L.P.

100 Crescent Court, Suite 1600

Dallas, Texas 75201-6927

Attention: David G. Blair

Email address: SVP-HEP@hollyenergy.com

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice but is required in order to

give proper notice, to:

Holly Energy Partners—Operating, L.P.

100 Crescent Court, Suite 1600

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attn: General Counsel

Email address: generalcounsel@hollyenergy.com

Any Party may at any time change its address for service from time to time by giving notice to the
other Parties in accordance with this Section 13.1.

          13.2 Captions. The captions of this Agreement are for convenience only, shall not be
deemed part of this Agreement and in no way define, limit, augment, extend or describe the scope,
content or intent of any part or parts of this Agreement.

          13.3 Pronouns and Plurals. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used herein
shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms and the singular form of nouns,
pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. Each of the foregoing genders and
plurals is understood to refer to a corporation, partnership or other legal entity when the context
so requires.

17

 

          13.4 Further Action. The Parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all
information and take or forebear from all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve
the purposes of this Agreement. Whenever this Agreement gives a Party the right to consent or
approve any action, unless expressly provided herein, such consent or approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

          13.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and
governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle
that might refer the construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state.

          13.6 Relationship of Parties. In the performance of this Agreement and the work
hereunder, Operator’s status shall be that of an independent contractor, and this Agreement does
not create any partnership or joint venture between Operator and any of the Holly Entities.

          13.7 Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties
pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings
pertaining thereto. No covenant, representation or condition not expressed in this Agreement shall
affect or be deemed to interpret, change or restrict the express provisions hereof. The failure of
either Party to inspect the documents referred to herein constitutes a waiver of any objection,
contention or claim that may be based upon such an inspection.

          13.8 Severability. In the event that any condition, covenant or other provision
herein contained is held to be invalid or void by any court of competent jurisdiction, the same
shall be deemed severable from the remainder of this Agreement and shall in no way affect any other
covenant or condition herein contained. If such condition, covenant or other provision shall be
deemed invalid due to its scope or breadth, such provision shall be deemed valid to the extent of
the scope or breadth permitted by law.

          13.9 Force Majeure. Performance under this Agreement, other than to make payments
due, shall be excused in the event any Party is rendered unable, wholly or in part, by force
majeure to carry out its obligations under this Agreement, and, in this regard, it is agreed that,
on such Party giving notice in reasonably full particulars of such force majeure, in writing or by
electronic means, to the other Party, within a reasonable time after the occurrence of the cause
relied on, then the obligations of the Party giving such notice, so far as they are affected by
such force majeure, shall be suspended during the continuance of any inability so caused, but for
no longer period, and such cause shall, so far as possible, be remedied with all reasonable
dispatch. The term “force majeure” as used herein means: acts of God; strikes, lockouts or other
industrial disturbances; acts of the public enemy, terrorist acts, wars, blockades, insurrections,
civil disturbances, riots; epidemics, landslides, lightning, earthquakes, fires, storms, floods and
washouts; arrests, the emergency, disaster or crisis order, directive, requisition or action of any
government and governmental agencies and instrumentalities, either federal or state, civil or
military; application of governmental curtailment rules and regulations; explosions, breakage or
accident to machinery or lines of pipe; and, other causes, whether of the kind herein enumerated or
otherwise, not reasonably within the control of the Party claiming suspension. It is understood
and agreed that the settlement of strikes or lockouts is entirely within the discretion of the
Party having the difficulty and that the above requirement that any force majeure be remedied with
all reasonable dispatch does not require the settlement of labor disputes, strikes or lockouts by

18

 

acceding to the demands of an opposing Party when such course is inadvisable in the discretion
of the Party having the difficulty.

          13.10 Attorney’s Fees. In the event there is a default under this Agreement and it
becomes reasonably necessary for a Party to employ the services of outside counsel in connection
therewith, either with or without arbitration, the defaulting Party shall pay to the non-defaulting
Party reasonable outside counsel’s fees and, in addition, such costs and expenses as are incurred
in interpreting, enforcing or terminating this Agreement.

          13.11 Limitation. Notwithstanding that all of the covenants and obligations of the
Parties hereunder are in form expressed in language creating personal covenants on the part of such
Parties, none of the Parties’ respective officers, managers, members, partners, directors,
employees, agents, successors or assigns shall in any event have personal liability under this
Agreement.

          13.12 Exhibits. All Exhibits annexed to this Agreement are expressly made a part of
this Agreement as fully as though completely set forth in it. All references to this Agreement,
either in the Agreement itself or in any of such writings, shall be deemed to refer to and include
this Agreement and all such Exhibits.

          13.13 Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be
valid unless it is in writing and signed by the Parties. No waiver of any provision of this
Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by the Party against whom the waiver is
sought to be enforced. Any of the exhibits to this Agreement may be amended, modified, revised or
updated by the Parties hereto if each of the Parties executes an amended, modified, revised or
updated exhibit and attaches it to this Agreement. Such amended, modified, revised or updated
exhibits shall be sequentially numbered (e.g., Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2, etc.), dated and appended
as an additional exhibit to this Agreement and shall replace the prior exhibit in its entirety,
except as specified therein. No failure or delay in exercising any right hereunder, and no course
of conduct, shall operate as a waiver of any provision of this Agreement. No single or partial
exercise of a right hereunder shall preclude further or complete exercise of that right or any
other right hereunder.

          13.14 Rights and Remedies. Except as may be provided in Section 10, the
rights and remedies of any of the Parties hereto shall not be mutually exclusive, and the exercise
of one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall not preclude the exercise of any other
provisions.

          13.15 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall
be binding upon, the Holly Entities, Operator and their respective successors and permitted
assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned
without the prior written consent of the Holly Entities (in the case of any assignment by Operator)
or Operator (in the case of any assignment by the Holly Entities), in each case, such consent is
not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that (i) Operator
may make such an assignment (including a partial pro rata assignment) to an Affiliate of Operator
without the Holly Entities’ consent, (ii) the Holly Entities may make such an assignment (including
a partial pro rata assignment) to an Affiliate of the Holly Entities without Operator’s consent,
and (iii) the Holly Entities may make such an assignment to any Person to which the Holly Entities
have sold any of

19

 

the Systems if such Person (1) is reasonably capable of performing the Holly Entities’
obligations (or its pro rata portion of such obligations) under this Agreement assigned to such
Person, which determination shall be made by the Holly Entities in their reasonable judgment and
(2) has agreed in writing to assume the obligations of the Holly Entities assigned to such Person,
without Operator’s consent. Any attempt to make an assignment otherwise than as permitted by the
foregoing shall be null and void. The Parties agree to require their respective successors, if
any, to expressly assume, in a form of agreement reasonably acceptable to the other Parties, their
obligations under this Agreement. As used in this Section 13.15, (x) “Affiliate”
means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question
and (y) “Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or
political subdivision thereof or other entity.

          13.16 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create
a contractual relationship with or a cause of action in favor of a third Party against any of the
Holly Entities or Operator. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of
or enforceable by any creditors of any Party hereto.

          13.17 Delegation by Operator. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
contrary, Operator shall be permitted to delegate any of its obligations or responsibilities under
this Agreement to any of its subsidiaries; provided, however, that no such
delegation shall relieve Operator of any of its obligations or responsibilities under this
Agreement.

     14. GUARANTEE BY HOLLY

          14.1 Payment and Performance Guaranty. Holly unconditionally, absolutely, continually
and irrevocably guarantees, as principal and not as surety, to the Operator the punctual and
complete payment in full when due of all amounts due from the Holly Entities under the Agreement
(collectively, the “Holly Payment Obligations”). Holly agrees that the Operator shall be
entitled to enforce directly against Holly any of the Holly Payment Obligations.

          14.2 Guaranty Absolute. Holly hereby guarantees that the Holly Payment Obligations
will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. The obligations of Holly
under this Agreement constitute a present and continuing guaranty of payment, and not of collection
or collectability. The liability of Holly under this Agreement shall be absolute, unconditional,
present, continuing and irrevocable irrespective of:

               (i) any assignment or other transfer of the Agreement or any of the rights thereunder of the
Operator;

               (ii) amendment, waiver, renewal, extension or release of or any consent to or departure from
or other action or inaction related to the Agreement;

               (iii) acceptance by the Operator of partial payment or performance from the Holly Entities;

20

 

               (iv) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, composition, adjustment,
dissolution, liquidation or other like proceeding relating to the Holly Entities or any action
taken with respect to the Agreement by any trustee or receiver, or by any court, in any such
proceeding;

               (v) any absence of any notice to, or knowledge of, Holly, of the existence or occurrence of
any of the matters or events set forth in the foregoing subsections (i) through (iv); or

               (vi) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a
discharge of, a guarantor.

     The obligations of Holly hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation,
impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender,
alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim,
recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of
the Holly Payment Obligations or otherwise.

          14.3 Waiver. Holly hereby waives promptness, diligence, all setoffs, presentments,
protests and notice of acceptance and any other notice relating to any of the Holly Payment
Obligations and any requirement for the Operator to protect, secure, perfect or insure any security
interest or lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against
the Holly Entities, any other entity or any collateral.

          14.4 Subrogation Waiver. Holly agrees that for so long as there is a current or
ongoing default or breach of this Agreement by any of the Holly Entities, Holly shall not have any
rights (direct or indirect) of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnification or other
rights of payment or recovery from the Holly Entities for any payments made by Holly under this
Section 14, and Holly hereby irrevocably waives and releases, absolutely and
unconditionally, any such rights of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnification and
other rights of payment or recovery it may now have or hereafter acquire against the Holly Entities
during any period of default or breach of this Agreement by any of the Holly Entities until such
time as there is no current or ongoing default or breach of this Agreement by the Holly Entities.

          14.5 Reinstatement. The obligations of Holly under this Section 14 shall
continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of
any of the Holly Payment Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned to the Holly
Entities or any other entity, upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, arrangement, adjustment,
composition, liquidation or reorganization of the Holly Entities or such other entity, or for any
other reason, all as though such payment had not been made.

          14.6 Continuing Guaranty. This Section 14 is a continuing guaranty and shall
(i) remain in full force and effect until the first to occur of the indefeasible payment in full of
all of the Holly Payment Obligations, (ii) be binding upon Holly, its successors and assigns and
(iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Operator and its successors, transferees
and assigns.

          14.7 No Duty to Pursue Others. It shall not be necessary for the Operator (and Holly
hereby waives any rights which Holly may have to require the Operator), in order to enforce

21

 

such payment by Holly, first to (i) institute suit or exhaust its remedies against the Holly
Entities or others liable on the Holly Payment Obligations or any other person, (ii) enforce the
Operator’s rights against any other guarantors of the Holly Payment Obligations, (iii) join the
Holly Entities or any others liable on the Holly Payment Obligations in any action seeking to
enforce this Section 14, (iv) exhaust any remedies available to the Operator against any
security which shall ever have been given to secure the Holly Payment Obligations, or (v) resort to
any other means of obtaining payment of the Holly Payment Obligations.

     15. GUARANTEE BY HOLLY ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

          15.1 Payment and Performance Guaranty. Holly Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership (the “Partnership”), unconditionally, absolutely, continually and
irrevocably guarantees, as principal and not as surety, to the Holly Entities the punctual and
complete payment in full when due of all amounts due from the Operator under the Agreement
(collectively, the “HEP Payment Obligations”). The Partnership agrees that the Holly
Entities shall be entitled to enforce directly against the Partnership any of the HEP Payment
Obligations.

          15.2 Guaranty Absolute. The Partnership hereby guarantees that the HEP Payment
Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. The obligations
of the Partnership under this Agreement constitute a present and continuing guaranty of payment,
and not of collection or collectability. The liability of the Partnership under this Agreement
shall be absolute, unconditional, present, continuing and irrevocable irrespective of:

               (i) any assignment or other transfer of the Agreement or any of the rights thereunder of the
Holly Entities;

               (ii) any amendment, waiver, renewal, extension or release of or any consent to or departure
from or other action or inaction related to the Agreement;

               (iii) any acceptance by the Holly Entities of partial payment or performance from the
Operator;

               (iv) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, composition, adjustment,
dissolution, liquidation or other like proceeding relating to the Operator or any action taken with
respect to the Agreement by any trustee or receiver, or by any court, in any such proceeding;

               (v) any absence of any notice to, or knowledge of, the Partnership, of the existence or
occurrence of any of the matters or events set forth in the foregoing subsections (i) through (iv);
or

               (vi) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a
discharge of, a guarantor.

     The obligations of the Partnership hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction,
limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release,
surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff,

22

 

counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability of the HEP Payment Obligations or otherwise.

          15.3 Waiver. The Partnership hereby waives promptness, diligence, all setoffs,
presentments, protests and notice of acceptance and any other notice relating to any of the HEP
Payment Obligations and any requirement for the Holly Entities to protect, secure, perfect or
insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take
any action against the Operator, any other entity or any collateral.

          15.4 Subrogation Waiver. The Partnership agrees that for so long as there is a
current or ongoing default or breach of this Agreement by Operator, the Partnership shall not have
any rights (direct or indirect) of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnification or
other rights of payment or recovery from the Operator for any payments made by the Partnership
under this Section 15, and the Partnership hereby irrevocably waives and releases,
absolutely and unconditionally, any such rights of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement,
indemnification and other rights of payment or recovery it may now have or hereafter acquire
against the Operator during any period of default or breach of this Agreement by Operator until
such time as there is no current or ongoing default or breach of this Agreement by Operator.

          15.5 Reinstatement. The obligations of the Partnership under this Section 15
shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any
payment of any of the HEP Payment Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned to the
Operator or any other entity, upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, arrangement, adjustment,
composition, liquidation or reorganization of the Operator or such other entity, or for any other
reason, all as though such payment had not been made.

          15.6 Continuing Guaranty. This Section 15 is a continuing guaranty and shall
(i) remain in full force and effect until the first to occur of the indefeasible payment in full of
all of the HEP Payment Obligations, (ii) be binding upon the Partnership, its successors and
assigns and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Holly Entities and their
respective successors, transferees and assigns.

          15.7 No Duty to Pursue Others. It shall not be necessary for the Holly Entities (and
the Partnership hereby waives any rights which the Partnership may have to require the Holly
Entities), in order to enforce such payment by the Partnership, first to (i) institute suit or
exhaust its remedies against the Operator or others liable on the HEP Payment Obligations or any
other person, (ii) enforce the Holly Entities’ rights against any other guarantors of the HEP
Payment Obligations, (iii) join the Operator or any others liable on the HEP Payment Obligations in
any action seeking to enforce this Section 15, (iv) exhaust any remedies available to the
Holly Entities against any security which shall ever have been given to secure the HEP Payment
Obligations, or (v) resort to any other means of obtaining payment of the HEP Payment Obligations.

[Signature Pages Follow]

23

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	OPERATOR:

HOLLY ENERGY PARTNERS-OPERATING, L.P.

 	 
	 	By:  	HEP Logistics GP, L.L.C.,
its general partner
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	/s/ David G. Blair
 	 
	 	David G. Blair 	 
	 	President 	 
	 
	 	HOLLY ENTITIES:

NAVAJO REFINING COMPANY, L.L.C.

 	 
	 	/s/ David L. Lamp
 	 
	 	David L. Lamp 	 
	 	President 	 
	 
	 	LEA REFINING COMPANY

 	 
	 	/s/ David L. Lamp
 	 
	 	David L. Lamp 	 
	 	Vice President 	 
	 
	 	WOODS CROSS REFINING COMPANY,

L.L.C.

 	 
	 	/s/ David L. Lamp
 	 
	 	David L. Lamp 	 
	 	President 	 
	 

(Signature Page 1 of 2 pages to Pipeline Systems Operating Agreement)

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	HOLLY REFINING & MARKETING — TULSA

LLC

By:
        Holly Refining & Marketing Company,

              
its sole member

 	 
	 
	 	                                    /s/ David L. Lamp
 	 
	 	David L. Lamp 	 
	 	President 	 
	 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED

FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 14:

HOLLY CORPORATION

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ David L. Lamp
 	 
	 	 	David L. Lamp 	 
	 	 	President 	 
	 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED

FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 15:

HOLLY ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	By:      HEP Logistics Holdings, L.P.,

            its General Partner

 	 
	 	By:       Holly Logistic Services, L.L.C.,

            its General Partner

 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ David G. Blair
 	 
	 	 	David G. Blair 	 
	 	 	President 	 
	 

(Signature Page 2 of 2 pages to Pipeline Systems Operating Agreement)

 

EXHIBIT A

Basic Description of Systems and Management Fee

Management Fee 

The Management Fee for 2009 will be the “Total Management Fee” as set forth in the table below and
will be allocated among the Systems as set forth in the table below.

Systems

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Amount of Management
	 	 	Owner of Asset	 	Fee Allocated to the Asset
	General Systems Management
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	N/A
	 	$	150,000.00	 
	Insurance Reimbursement
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	N/A
	 	$	15,000.00	 
	Artesia System
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(None)

	 	N/A
	 	 	N/A	 
	Lovington System
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Lovington Terminal Building

	 	Navajo Refining Company,
L.L.C. 

Lea Refining Company
	 	$

$	0.00

0.00	 
	Lovington Asphalt Rack

	 	Navajo Refining Company,
L.L.C.

Lea Refining Company
	 	$

$	170,000.00

0.00	 
	Lovington Weigh Scales

	 	Navajo Refining Company,
L.L.C. 

Lea Refining Company
	 	$

$	0.00

0.00	 
	Ponderosa Junction to
Lovington — LPG/Natural
Gasoline Pipeline having a
diameter of 8” and
extending approximately 11
1/2 miles and a diameter of
6” extending approximately
8 miles

	 	Navajo Refining Company,
L.L.C.
	 	$	0.00	 
	Woods Cross System
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Woods Cross 12” Plains
Crude Oil Delivery
Pipeline extending
approximately 700 feet

	 	Woods Cross Refining
Company, L.L.C.
	 	$	25,000.00	 
	Woods Cross 6” Hydrogen
Pipeline extending
approximately 4 miles

	 	Woods Cross Refining
Company, L.L.C.
	 	$	25,000.00	 

A-1

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Amount of Management
	 	 	Owner of Asset	 	Fee Allocated to the Asset
	Tulsa System
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Tulsa East System -
Asphalt / Diesel Fuel Rail
Loading Rack, Crude
Oil/Feedstock Truck
Unloading Site, Tanks
Numbered: 1-4, 6-9, 13-18,
, 31, 34, 36, 40, 41, 107,
108, 109, 112, 114, 118,
119, 122-126, 131, 442,
444-447, 457, 460, 461,
471, 400, and 401

	 	Holly Refining &
Marketing — Tulsa L.L.C.
	 	$	800,000.00	 
	Tulsa Systems Management

	 	 	 	$	150,000.00	 
	 

	 	Total Management Fee:
	 	$	1,335,000.00	 

A-2

 

EXHIBIT B

Services included in Management Fee

			
	PART I –	 	Management services and costs included in the Management Fee, as contemplated by
Section 8.2 of the foregoing Agreement are the following:

	 	•	 	Operator’s central office costs
	 
	 	•	 	General administration of Pipeline operations by Operator’s senior management personnel
	 
	 	•	 	General administration of Pipeline operations by Operator’s operations management
personnel
	 
	 	•	 	Supervision of the Pipeline Control Center
	 
	 	•	 	Environmental, health and safety management
	 
	 	•	 	Administrative services relating to DOT compliance
	 
	 	•	 	Preparation and submission of FERC Reports
	 
	 	•	 	Pipeline Scheduling
	 
	 	•	 	Purchasing
	 
	 	•	 	Right of Way services after the In-Service Date (excluding new projects)
	 
	 	•	 	Travel and meeting expenses for necessary meetings
	 
	 	•	 	Crisis Communications
	 
	 	•	 	Ordinary course administration of contracts between the Holly Entities and customers of
the Holly Entities (excluding outside counsel services deemed necessary by Operator)
	 
	 	•	 	Services of two employees at the terminal and asphalt loading rack located at the
Facilities in Lovington, New Mexico (and such fee shall cover the wages, salaries and other
expenses of such employees)
	 
	 	•	 	Normal operating activities of the Facilities
	 
	 	•	 	Services of employees in the operation of the Tulsa East System (and such fee shall
cover the wages, salaries and other expenses of such employees)

			
	PART II –	 	For avoidance of doubt, the following work and services are specifically excluded
from the Management Fee and shall be paid to Operator by the Holly Entities, along with other
costs, under Section 8.3 of the foregoing Agreement:

	 	•	 	Operations personnel to the extent performing services in connection with activities
outside the normal operation of the Systems
	 
	 	•	 	All direct operating costs incurred outside the normal operation of the Systems
	 
	 	•	 	Services obtained from third-parties
	 
	 	•	 	Travel and meal expenses for Operator’s personnel while performing work on the assets
set forth on Exhibit A
	 
	 	•	 	Pipeline measurement including contract proving
	 
	 	•	 	Insurance
	 
	 	•	 	All project management, engineering and other services related to any expansion project
	 
	 	•	 	Compliance and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with any regulatory
program to the extent directly applicable to the Systems, including, but not limited to,
compliance with governmental requirements and guidelines for public awareness, contractor
awareness, one-call, operator qualification, facility response plans, drug and

B-1

 

	 	 	 	alcohol testing and other requirements and guidelines of any governmental authority with
jurisdiction
	 
	 	•	 	Annual DOT fees
	 
	 	•	 	Procurement, maintenance and replacement of safety equipment and materials
	 
	 	•	 	Preparation and filing of required reports and permit applications with governmental
entities with jurisdiction (other than FERC and DOT), including, but not limited to
environmental permit reporting and permit renewals (third party contract costs only)

B-2

 

EXHIBIT C

Direct Charge Items

	1.	 	Land and Right-of-Way Expense. Amounts expended for acquisition of
rights-of-way, easements, fee property, lease and easement rentals, condemnations, contract
right-of-way services, permits, etc., and all outside survey, legal, engineering and other
costs incidental to acquisition, recording and assignment;
	 
	2.	 	Personnel Expense. Amounts expended for wages, salaries, benefits and payroll
taxes for all personnel outside the ordinary course of business who are directly engaged on
a full-time or part time-basis in the acquisition, construction, operation and/or
maintenance of the Systems, other than those included in the Management Fee as set forth in
Section 8.2. This includes amounts contributed by
Operator to employee benefit plans for Operator’s own employees. Charges for wages and
salaries, benefits, and payroll taxes shall be based on time records. Travel and personal
expenses, and supplies associated with direct field operating and/or maintenance work
performed by Operator’s area level staff shall be directly charged to the Holly Entities.
“Employee benefit plans” means and includes written publicized plans for vacation pay,
holiday pay, disability benefit, medical, dental, hospitalization, group life, retirement,
savings, actual or imputed unemployment compensation, or other such established employee
benefit plans.
	 
	3.	 	Contractual Obligations. Amounts expended for contractual obligations,
including outside services for services other than those covered by Section 8.2.
	 
	4.	 	Utility Costs. Amounts expended for power, fuel, and other utilities and
communication services used directly by the Systems.
	 
	5.	 	Purchases. Amounts expended for materials, equipment, and supplies for
services (other than those covered by Section 8.2)
shall be charged in accordance with the following:

	 	•	 	Outside Purchases. Amounts expended for materials, equipment, and
supplies purchased from sources other than affiliates shall be charged at actual
delivered cost, after deducting cash discounts taken by Operator.
	 
	 	•	 	Used Material and Equipment Furnished by Affiliates. Whenever good
used material or equipment in a condition acceptable to Operator is furnished by an
affiliate, it shall be priced at the lesser of market value or the affiliate’s
depreciated book value for such, f.o.b. destination. In no event shall the material or
equipment be priced at greater than replacement cost (new) of the same kind of material
or equipment f.o.b. destination.
	 
	 	•	 	New Materials and Equipment Furnished by Affiliates. Whenever new
material or equipment is furnished by an affiliate, then all such items shall be priced
at current market (new) cost for the same kind of material or equipment f.o.b.
destination.

C-1

 

	6.	 	Use of Equipment. Charges for use of equipment owned exclusively by Operator
and used by the Holly Entities shall be made as mutually agreed by the Holly Entities and
Operator.
	 
	7.	 	Taxes. Amounts paid by Operator for ad valorem, excise, sales and use and
other taxes relating to the Systems or the Holly Entities.
	 
	8.	 	Insurance Deductibles. Insurance deductibles and self-insured retention limits
paid by Operator on claims arising out of, in connection with or as an incident to, any act
or omission, including negligence, of Operator or its employees, agents, affiliates,
Delegates or contractors in maintaining and operating the Systems, except for claims
arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct Operator or its employees, agents,
affiliates, Delegates or contractors.
	 
	9.	 	Uninsured Losses. Since insurance covering loss or damage to any System by
fire, windstorm, tornado, flood, explosion, vandalism, malicious mischief, other physical
damage to property, or theft of property will not be carried by Operator to protect the
interests of the Holly Entities, the Holly Entities shall be responsible for the repair or
replacement of the properties damaged as a result of such occurrences or other casualties.
Operator shall promptly notify the Holly Entities of any and all losses of this
description.
	 
	10.	 	ROW Maintenance. Payments made by Operator under any ROW Document and all
costs Operator incurs in connection with taking all actions required to maintain and
protect the Holly Entities’ beneficial rights under any ROW Document pursuant to
Section 3.8.
	 
	11.	 	Maintenance. Tank Dike Maintenance, Mowing, and Road Maintenance will be
managed by operator and reimbursed or direct billed to Holly Entities.

C-2e60931606ex4_1.htm

CENVEO CORPORATION,

as Issuer,

the GUARANTORS named herein

 

and

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

________________________

INDENTURE

________________________

Dated as of February 5, 2010

8.875% Senior Second Lien Notes due 2018

 

 

  

  

  

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

	
Trust Indenture Act Section
	
Indenture Section

	
 

310(a)(1)                                                                                             
	
 

7.10

	
(a)(2)                                                                                       
	
7.10

	
(a)(3)                                                                                       
	
N.A.

	
(a)(4)                                                                                       
	
N.A.

	
(a)(5)                                                                                       
	
7.10

	
(b)                                                                                       
	
7.10

	
(c)                                                                                       
	
N.A.

	
311(a)                                                                                             
	
7.11

	
(b)                                                                                       
	
7.11

	
(c)                                                                                       
	
N.A.

	
312(a)                                                                                             
	
2.05

	
(b)                                                                                       
	
13.03

	
(c)                                                                                       
	
13.03

	
313(a)                                                                                             
	
7.06

	
(b)(1)                                                                                       
	
N.A.

	
(b)(2)                                                                                       
	
7.06

	
(c)                                                                                       
	
7.06; 13.02

	
(d)                                                                                       
	
7.06

	
314(a)                                                                                             
	
4.03; 4.18; 13.02

	
(b)                                                                                       
	
12.02

	
(c)(1)                                                                                       
	
13.04

	
(c)(2)                                                                                       
	
13.04

	
(c)(3)                                                                                       
	
N.A.

	
(d)                                                                                       
	
12.02

	
(e)                                                                                       
	
13.05

	
(f)                                                                                       
	
N.A.

	
315(a)                                                                                             
	
7.01

	
(b)                                                                                       
	
7.05, 13.02

	
(c)                                                                                       
	
7.01

	
(d)                                                                                       
	
7.01; 6.05

	
(e)                                                                                       
	
6.11

	
316(a) (last sentence)                                                                                             
	
2.09

	
(a)(1)(A)                                                                                       
	
6.05

	
(a)(1)(B)                                                                                       
	
6.04

	
(a)(2)                                                                                       
	
N.A.

	
(b)                                                                                       
	
6.07

	
(c)                                                                                       
	
13.14

	
317(a)(1)                                                                                             
	
6.08

	
(a)(2)                                                                                       
	
6.09

	
(b)                                                                                       
	
2.04

	
318(a)                                                                                             
	
13.01

	
(b)                                                                                       
	
N.A.

 

 

 

-i-

 

 

 

	
Trust Indenture Act Section
	
Indenture Section

	
 

	
(c)                                                                                       
	
13.01

_____________________

N.A. means not applicable.

 

This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

  

-ii-

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	  	  	
Page

	
 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

	
 

SECTION 1.01.
	
 

Definitions.
	
 

1

	
SECTION 1.02.
	
Other Definitions.
	
27

	
SECTION 1.03.
	
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
	
28

	
SECTION 1.04.
	
Rules of Construction.
	
28

	
 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE NOTES

	
 

SECTION 2.01.
	
 

Form and Dating.
	
 

29

	
SECTION 2.02.
	
Execution and Authentication.
	
29

	
SECTION 2.03.
	
Registrar and Paying Agent.
	
30

	
SECTION 2.04.
	
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
	
30

	
SECTION 2.05.
	
Holder Lists.
	
31

	
SECTION 2.06.
	
Transfer and Exchange.
	
31

	
SECTION 2.07.
	
Replacement Notes.
	
42

	
SECTION 2.08.
	
Outstanding Notes.
	
42

	
SECTION 2.09.
	
Treasury Notes.
	
43

	
SECTION 2.10.
	
Temporary Notes.
	
43

	
SECTION 2.11.
	
Cancellation.
	
43

	
SECTION 2.12.
	
Defaulted Interest.
	
44

	
SECTION 2.13.
	
CUSIP Numbers.
	
44

	
SECTION 2.14.
	
[Reserved].
	
44

	
SECTION 2.15.
	
Issuance of Additional Notes.
	
44

	
 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

	
 

SECTION 3.01.
	
 

Notices to Trustee.
	
 

45

	
SECTION 3.02.
	
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.
	
45

	
SECTION 3.03.
	
Notice of Redemption.
	
45

	
SECTION 3.04.
	
Effect of Notice of Redemption.
	
46

	
SECTION 3.05.
	
Deposit of Redemption Price.
	
46

	
SECTION 3.06.
	
Notes Redeemed in Part.
	
47

	
SECTION 3.07.
	
Optional Redemption.
	
47

	
SECTION 3.08.
	
Mandatory Redemption.
	
48

	
SECTION 3.09.
	
Offer to Purchase by Application of Net Proceeds.
	
48

	
SECTION 3.10.
	
Other Acquisitions of Notes.
	
50

 

 

 

-iii-

 

 

 

	  	  	
Page

	
 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

	
 

SECTION 4.01.
	
 

Payment of Notes.
	
 

50

	
SECTION 4.02.
	
Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	
51

	
SECTION 4.03.
	
Compliance Certificate.
	
51

	
SECTION 4.04.
	
Taxes.
	
52

	
SECTION 4.05.
	
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
	
52

	
SECTION 4.06.
	
Change of Control.
	
52

	
SECTION 4.07.
	
Asset Sales.
	
53

	
SECTION 4.08.
	
Restricted Payments.
	
55

	
SECTION 4.09.
	
Incurrence of Indebtedness.
	
58

	
SECTION 4.10.
	
Liens.
	
60

	
SECTION 4.11.
	
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
	
61

	
SECTION 4.12.
	
Transactions with Affiliates.
	
63

	
SECTION 4.13.
	
Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.
	
64

	
SECTION 4.14.
	
Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness.
	
65

	
SECTION 4.15.
	
Business Activities.
	
65

	
SECTION 4.16.
	
Advances to Subsidiaries.
	
65

	
SECTION 4.17.
	
Payments for Consent.
	
65

	
SECTION 4.18.
	
Reports.
	
66

	
SECTION 4.19.
	
Event of Loss.
	
67

	
SECTION 4.20.
	
Further Assurances.
	
67

	
SECTION 4.21.
	
Post-Closing Covenant
	
68

	
 

ARTICLE 5

 

SUCCESSORS

	
 

SECTION 5.01.
	
 

Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
	
 

71

	
SECTION 5.02.
	
Successor Corporation Substituted.
	
72

	
 

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

	
 

SECTION 6.01.
	
 

Events of Default.
	
 

72

	
SECTION 6.02.
	
Acceleration.
	
74

	
SECTION 6.03.
	
Other Remedies.
	
75

	
SECTION 6.04.
	
Waiver of Past Defaults.
	
75

	
SECTION 6.05.
	
Control by Majority.
	
75

	
SECTION 6.06.
	
Limitation on Suits.
	
76

	
SECTION 6.07.
	
Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
	
76

	
SECTION 6.08.
	
Collection Suit by Trustee.
	
76

	
SECTION 6.09.
	
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
	
76

 

 

 

-iv-

 

 

	  	  	
Page

	
SECTION 6.10.
	
Priorities.
	
77

	
SECTION 6.11.
	
Undertaking for Costs.
	
77

	
SECTION 6.12.
	
Notice.
	
78

	
 

ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

	
 

SECTION 7.01.
	
 

Duties of Trustee.
	
 

78

	
SECTION 7.02.
	
Rights of Trustee.
	
79

	
SECTION 7.03.
	
Individual Rights of Trustee.
	
80

	
SECTION 7.04.
	
Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	
80

	
SECTION 7.05.
	
Notice of Defaults.
	
80

	
SECTION 7.06.
	
Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
	
81

	
SECTION 7.07.
	
Compensation and Indemnity.
	
81

	
SECTION 7.08.
	
Replacement of Trustee.
	
82

	
SECTION 7.09.
	
Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	
83

	
SECTION 7.10.
	
Eligibility; Disqualification.
	
83

	
SECTION 7.11.
	
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.
	
83

	
SECTION 7.12.
	
Collateral Agent.
	
83

	
SECTION 7.13.
	
Co-Trustees; Separate Trustee; Collateral Agent
	
84

	
SECTION 7.14.
	
Patriot Act.
	
85

	
SECTION 7.15.
	
Force Majeure
	
85

	
SECTION 7.16.
	
Limitation on Duty of Trustee in Respect of Collateral; Indemnification.
	
86

	
 

ARTICLE 8

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

	
 

SECTION 8.01.
	
 

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
	
 

86

	
SECTION 8.02.
	
Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
	
86

	
SECTION 8.03.
	
Covenant Defeasance.
	
87

	
SECTION 8.04.
	
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
	
87

	
SECTION 8.05.
	
Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
	
89

	
SECTION 8.06.
	
Repayment to Company.
	
89

	
SECTION 8.07.
	
Reinstatement.
	
90

	
 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

	
 

SECTION 9.01.
	
 

Without Consent of Holders of Notes.
	
 

90

	
SECTION 9.02.
	
With Consent of Holders of Notes.
	
91

	
SECTION 9.03.
	
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
	
93

 

 

 

-v-

 

 

 

	  	  	
Page

	
SECTION 9.04.
	
Revocation and Effect of Consents.
	
93

	
SECTION 9.05.
	
Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
	
93

	
SECTION 9.06.
	
Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	
93

	
 

ARTICLE 10

 

GUARANTEES

	
 

SECTION 10.01.
	
 

Note Guarantees.
	
 

94

	
SECTION 10.02.
	
Limitation of Guarantor’s Liability.
	
95

	
SECTION 10.03.
	
Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees.
	
95

	
SECTION 10.04.
	
Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.
	
96

	
SECTION 10.05.
	
Releases.
	
97

	
SECTION 10.06.
	
“Trustee” to Include Paying Agent.
	
97

	
 

ARTICLE 11

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

	
 

SECTION 11.01.
	
 

Satisfaction and Discharge.
	
 

97

	
SECTION 11.02.
	
Application of Trust.
	
99

	
 

ARTICLE 12

 

SECURITY

	
 

SECTION 12.01.
	
 

Security Documents.
	
 

99

	
SECTION 12.02.
	
Recording, Registration and Opinions.
	
99

	
SECTION 12.03.
	
Releases of Collateral.
	
100

	
SECTION 12.04.
	
Form and Sufficiency of Release.
	
101

	
SECTION 12.05.
	
Possession and Use of Collateral.
	
101

	
SECTION 12.06.
	
Purchaser Protected.
	
101

	
SECTION 12.07.
	
Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents.
	
102

	
SECTION 12.08.
	
Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Agreement.
	
102

	
SECTION 12.09.
	
Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Collateral Agent.
	
102

	
SECTION 12.10.
	
Appointment and Authorization of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Collateral Agent.
	
102

	
 

ARTICLE 13

 

MISCELLANEOUS

	
SECTION 13.01.
	
Trust Indenture Act Controls.
	
103

	
SECTION 13.02.
	
Notices.
	
103

	
SECTION 13.03.
	
Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
	
104

 

 

 

-vi-

 

 

 

	  	  	
Page

	
SECTION 13.04.
	
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
	
104

	
SECTION 13.05.
	
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
	
105

	
SECTION 13.06.
	
Rules by Trustee and Agents.
	
105

	
SECTION 13.07.
	
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
	
105

	
SECTION 13.08.
	
Governing Law.
	
105

	
SECTION 13.09.
	
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
	
105

	
SECTION 13.10.
	
Successors.
	
106

	
SECTION 13.11.
	
Severability.
	
106

	
SECTION 13.12.
	
Counterpart Originals.
	
106

	
SECTION 13.13.
	
Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	
106

	
SECTION 13.14.
	
Record Date for Voting by or Consent of Holders.
	
106

	
SECTION 13.15.
	
Intercreditor Agreement
	
106

	
SECTION 13.16.
	
Waiver of Jury Trial
	
106

  

	
Schedule A
	
SCHEDULE OF GUARANTORS

                 

EXHIBITS

 

	
Exhibit A
	
FORM OF NOTE

	
Exhibit B
	
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

	
Exhibit C
	
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

	
Exhibit D
	
FORM OF GUARANTEE

	
Exhibit E
	
FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

	
Exhibit F
	
FORM OF INTERCOMPANY NOTE

Note:  This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.

 

-vii-

BACK

INDENTURE dated as of February 5, 2010 among Cenveo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on Schedule A hereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

The Company, the Guarantors, and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 8.875% Senior Second Lien Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”).

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

	 	
SECTION 1.01.  
	
Definitions.

 

“144A Global Note” means the Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to
the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:  (i) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred
in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

“Additional Credit Facility” means any “Credit Facility” (other than the Credit Agreement and related First Lien Documents) as defined in and permitted under this Indenture; provided that any such
“Credit Facility” shall only constitute an Additional Credit Facility hereunder if either (a) a Discharge of First Lien Obligations under the Credit Agreement and other related First Lien Documents occurs contemporaneously with a Refinancing thereof pursuant to a Refinancing that will be secured by a first priority Lien in any Collateral, or (b) the existing First Lien Lenders consent to such Credit Facility in accordance with the terms and conditions of the existing First Lien Credit Documents.

 

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Additional Notes” means, subject to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of Section 4.09, such additional Notes as the Company may issue under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions and with the same interest rate, maturity and CUSIP numbers
as the Notes being issued on the Issue Date.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect
to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the

 

 

 

BACK

management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.  For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

 

“Applicable Premium” means, as calculated by the Company, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note, and (ii) the excess of (a) the present value at such redemption date
of (i) the redemption price of such Note at February 1, 2014 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through February 1, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note.

 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

“Asset Sale” means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights, including sales and leasebacks, but excluding sales of inventory and equipment in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices; provided that
the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Section 4.06, and/or the provisions of Article 5 hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.07; and (ii) the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall
not be deemed to be Asset Sales:  (i) any single transaction or series of related transactions that: (a) involves assets having a fair market value of less than $20 million; or (b) results in net proceeds to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of less than $20 million; (ii) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) a Restricted Payment that is permitted under Section 4.08 hereof; and (v) solely for purposes of Section 4.07, any Event of Loss that would otherwise constitute an Asset Sale.

 

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction
including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.  Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

 

 

-2-

BACK

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule l3d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act),
such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition.

 

“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company, or the Parent Company, as applicable, or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Capital Stock” means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; (iii) in the case of
a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

“Cash Equivalents” means (i) United States dollars; (ii) (a) pounds sterling, euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the European Economic and Monetary Union; or (b) such local currencies held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
from time to time in the ordinary course of business; (iii) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition; (iv) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date
of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks; (v) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (iii) and (iv) entered into with any financial institution meeting
the qualifications specified in clause (iv) above; (vi) money market instruments, commercial paper or other short-term obligations rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency); (vii) investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions
of Rule 2a-7 or any successor rule of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

 

 

-3-

BACK

and (viii) investment funds investing 90% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (vii) above.

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:  (i) the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal; (ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (iii) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above), other than the Principals and their Related Parties,
becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the Voting Stock of the Company or the Parent Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; (iv) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Parent Company are not Continuing Directors; or (v) the Company or the Parent Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company or the Parent Company,
in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or the Parent Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of the Company or the Parent Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving
or transferee Person immediately after giving effect to such issuance.

 

“Collateral” means all of the assets of the Company and the Domestic Guarantors, whether real, personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted (or purported to be granted) as security for any Second Lien Obligations (including proceeds and products thereof).

 

“Collateral Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Security Documents, together with its successors.

 

“Company” means Cenveo Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any and all successors thereto.

 

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:  (i) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized in connection with an Asset Sale, to the
extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (ii) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (iii) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original
issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to

 

 

-4-

BACK

the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (iv) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles) and other non-cash expenses, including stock-based compensation provision and loss on early extinguishment of debt, of such Person and its Subsidiaries for
such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus (v) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business, in each case on a consolidated basis.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges of, a Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted
at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, provided that:  (i)
the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof; (ii) the Net Income of any Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary
of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; (iii) the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall
be excluded; (iv) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries; (v) any write-downs with respect to, or losses on dispositions of, Subsidiaries and assets and all restructuring charges incurred by the Company, the Parent Company and the Subsidiaries, shall be excluded; (vi) non-recurring fees, expenses or charges (including integration charges and, without limitation, the write-off of deferred financing
fees) incurred in connection with the Offering, or any merger, acquisition or consolidation shall be excluded; and (vii) the cumulative effect of or a change in accounting principles shall be excluded.

 

“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is secured by Liens to (b) Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees or redeems any

 

 

-5-

BACK

Indebtedness or issues or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date”),
then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period; provided, however, borrowings in the ordinary
course of business under any revolving credit agreement shall not be given pro forma effect and shall be included in the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio only to the extent such borrowings were actually outstanding on such date of determination.

 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio:

 

(i) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation
Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to clause (iii) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income;

 

(ii) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this
definition, then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period;

 

(iii) whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good
faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from such transaction which is being given pro forma effect that have been realized or (A) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with
such transaction) or (B) with respect to any transactions, for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within the 12-month period following such transaction and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead; provided that,
in either case, such adjustments are set forth in an officer’s certificate signed by the Company’s chief

 

 

-6-

BACK

executive officer, chief financial officer or treasurer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the officer executing such officer’s certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence
of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to this Indenture; and

 

(iv) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date, including, but not limited to, divested operations EBITDA, shall be excluded.

 

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for
borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments and (ii) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes hereof, the
“maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good
faith by the Company.  Any amount of Indebtedness in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Consolidated Cash Flow for the applicable period.

 

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Parent Company who:  (i) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to
such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board of Directors of the Parent Company at the time of such nomination or election.

 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

 

“Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2006, among the Company, the Parent Company, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative
agent, swing line lender and L/C issuer, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or otherwise Refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

 

 

-7-

BACK

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities (including, without limitation, indentures and the Credit Agreement), in each case with banks or other institutional lenders
or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or other asset securitizations, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or otherwise Refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule
of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and
having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’
Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

 

“Discharge of First Lien Obligations” means, subject to any reinstatement of First Lien Obligations in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, (a) payment in full in cash of the principal of and interest (including interest accruing on or after the commencement
of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding at the rate provided for in the respective First Lien Document, whether or not such interest would be allowed in any such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding) and premium, if any, on all Indebtedness under the First Lien Documents and termination of all commitments of the First Lien Lenders to lend or otherwise extend credit under the First Lien Documents, (b) payment in full in cash of all other First Lien Obligations (including letter of credit reimbursement
obligations) that are due and payable or otherwise accrued and owing at or prior to the time such principal, interest and premium are paid (other than secured hedging and cash management obligations so long as arrangements satisfactory to the applicable provider shall have been made), and (c) termination or cash collateralization (in an amount and manner, and on terms, reasonably satisfactory to the First Lien Agent) of all letters of credit issued under the First Lien Credit Documents.

 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures
or is

 

 

-8-

BACK

mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified
Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.08 hereof.

 

“Domestic Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.

 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

“Equity Offering” means any private or underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company or the Parent Company in which the gross proceeds to the Company or the Parent Company, as applicable, are at least $50 million and, in the case of an offering by the
Parent Company, the net proceeds are contributed to the Company.

 

“Event of Loss” means, with respect to any property or asset (tangible or intangible, real or personal) constituting Collateral, any of the following:

 

(i) any loss, destruction or damage of such property or asset;

 

(ii) any institution of any proceeding for the condemnation or seizure of such property or asset or for the exercise of any right of eminent domain;

 

(iii) any actual condemnation, seizure or taking by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise of such property or asset, or confiscation of such property or asset or the requisition of the use of such property or asset; or

 

(iv) any settlement in lieu of clauses (ii) or (iii) above.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date.

 

“First Lien Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

“First Lien Credit Documents” means the Credit Agreement, each other Credit Facility (to the extent that such Credit Facility provides for or evidences First Lien Obligations), the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement or any such other Credit
Facility), and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments providing for or

 

 

-9-

BACK

evidencing any other First Lien Obligation and any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any First Lien Obligation (including any intercreditor or joinder agreement among holders of First Lien Obligations but excluding documents governing secured hedging and cash management obligations), to the extent
such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, modified, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise Refinanced from time to time.

 

“First Lien Documents” means the First Lien Credit Documents and any and all documents governing the other First Lien Obligations (including documents related to secured hedging and cash management obligations).

 

“First Lien Lenders” means the “Lenders” or “Holders” (as the case may be) from time to time party to, and as defined in, the Credit Agreement or any other First Lien Credit Document, together with their respective successors and assigns; provided that
the term “First Lien Lender” shall in any event also include each letter of credit issuer and swing line lender under the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, the “L/C Issuer,” the “Swing Line Lender” and any “Agent” under (and each as defined in) the Credit Agreement.

 

“First Lien Obligations” means (i) all Obligations under (and as defined in) the Credit Agreement and under any other document relating to the Credit Agreement, (ii) all Obligations under (and as defined in) any Additional Credit Facility and under any
other document relating to such Additional Credit Facility (to the extent that the Indebtedness under such Additional Credit Facility is designated by the Company as “First Lien Obligations” for purposes of this Indenture) and (iii) all cash management and hedging obligations secured pursuant to any First Lien Credit Document; provided that the aggregate principal amount of, without duplication, revolving credit loans, letters of credit,
term loans, other loans, notes or similar instruments (excluding, in any event, secured hedging and cash management obligations) provided for under the Credit Agreement, such Additional Credit Facility or any other First Lien Credit Document (or any refinancing thereof) in excess (the “Excess Amount”) of the Maximum First Lien Principal Indebtedness, and any interest relating to such Excess Amount, shall not constitute First Lien Obligations for purposes of this Indenture.  “First
Lien Obligations” shall in any event include:  (a) all interest accrued or accruing, or which would accrue, absent commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (and the effect of provisions such as Section 502(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code), on or after the commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding in accordance with the rate specified in the relevant First Lien Document, whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed or allowable as a claim in such Insolvency
or Liquidation Proceeding, (b) any and all fees and expenses (including attorneys’ and/or financial consultants’ fees and expenses) incurred by the First Lien Agent and the First Lien Secured Parties on or after the commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, whether or not the claim for fees and expenses is allowed or allowable under Section 502 or 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the
relief of debtors as a claim in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, and (c) all obligations and liabilities of each Grantor under each First Lien Document to which it is a party which, but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, would become due and payable (but in any event not including any obligations excluded pursuant to the proviso in the preceding sentence).

 

 

-10-

BACK

“First Lien Secured Parties” has the meaning given to the term “First Lien Creditors” in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period.  In the
event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays or redeems any Indebtedness or issues or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro
forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period; provided, however, borrowings in the ordinary course of business under any revolving credit agreement shall not be given pro
forma effect and shall be included in the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio only to the extent such borrowings were actually outstanding during the applicable four-quarter reference period.

 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:  (i) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to
such reference period and on or prior to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to clause (iii) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income; (ii) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; (iii) whenever pro
forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions
for such period resulting from such transaction which is being given pro forma effect that have been realized or (A) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction) or (B) with respect to any transactions, for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within the 12-month period following such transaction and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs
related to administrative functions (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead; provided that, in either case, such adjustments are set forth in an officer’s certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer or treasurer which states

 

 

-11-

BACK

(1) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (2) that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the officer executing such officer’s certificate at the time of such execution and (3) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to this Indenture; (iv) if
any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness); (v) interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined
by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP; (vi) interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period, and interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a
factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate; (vii) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date, shall be excluded; and (viii) the Fixed Charges attributable
to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date, shall be excluded.

 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:  (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation,
amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts, and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations; plus (ii) the consolidated interest
expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus (iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus (iv) cash dividend payments on any series of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards
Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time.

 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

 

-12-

BACK

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b) or 2.06(d) hereof.

 

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.

 

“Grantor” means the Company, the Parent Company and each other Domestic Guarantor that has executed and delivered, or may from time to time hereafter execute and deliver, a Security Document.

 

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement
agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

 

“Guarantors” means each of:  (i) the Parent Company, (ii) each Subsidiary Guarantor and (iii) any other Subsidiary that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns.

 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:  (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect
such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or the value of foreign currencies purchased or received by such Person in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) any commodity futures or option contract or similar commodity hedging contract designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in commodity prices.

 

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of:  (i) borrowed money; (ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement
agreements in respect thereof); (iii) banker’s acceptances; (iv) representing Capital Lease Obligations; (v) the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or (vi) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance
with GAAP.  In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of any other Person. In addition, in the event that the Company obtains any incremental revolving credit commitments under the Credit Agreement after the Issue Date, 100% of such
commitments shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness

 

 

-13-

BACK

solely for purposes of Section 4.09(a) and clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, and any borrowings, repayments and reborrowings at any time under such incremental revolving credit commitments shall not be deemed a new incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be:  (i) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and (ii) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means Banc of America Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, RBS Securities Inc., Capital One Southcoast, Inc., PNC Capital Markets LLC, U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc., Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. and CJS Securities, Inc.

 

“Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means (a) any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, (b) any other voluntary or involuntary insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy case
or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding with respect to the Company or any Guarantor or with respect to a material portion of its respective assets, (c) any liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy or (d) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company
or any Guarantor.

 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

 

“Intercompany Notes” means the intercompany notes issued by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Guarantors in favor of the Company or a Guarantor to evidence advances by the Company or such Guarantor, in each case, in the form attached as Exhibit F
to this Indenture.

 

“Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement to be dated as of the Issue Date among the Company, the Domestic Guarantors, the First Lien Agent, the Collateral Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as control agent.

 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding
commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP excluding Hedging Obligations.  If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of

 

 

-14-

BACK

any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests
of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.08 hereof.  The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph
of Section 4.08 of this Indenture.

 

“Issue Date” means February 5, 2010, the date of initial issuance of the Notes.

 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.  If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at
a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other
title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

 

“Maximum First Lien Principal Indebtedness” means Indebtedness, including letters of credit, under the First Lien Credit Documents (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Grantors thereunder)
in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount of Indebtedness permitted under clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” (as set forth in this Indenture as in effect on the Issue Date).  For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of this definition, (a) any additional Indebtedness under the First Lien Credit Documents permitted under this Indenture as in effect on the Issue Date shall be deemed to include 100% of any increase in revolving commitments under the First
Lien Credit Documents after the Issue Date, whether or not the full amount of such commitments is borrowed on the effective date of such increase or borrowed, repaid and/or reborrowed at any time thereafter, so long as such increase was permitted under this Indenture as of the effective date of such increase, and (b) secured hedging obligations and cash management obligations shall not be considered Indebtedness under the First Lien Credit Documents.

 

“Mortgaged Property” means (a) each Real Property identified on Schedule 13 to the Security Agreement, and (b) each Real Property,
if any, acquired by the Company or any other Grantor following the Issue Date, in each case, if and to the extent (and only if and to the extent) that such Real Property referred to in the foregoing clause (a) or (b) is or becomes subject to a Mortgage securing the First Lien Obligations.

 

 

-15-

BACK

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

 

(i) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
and

 

(ii) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary or nonrecurring gain or loss.

 

“Net Loss Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Guarantor in respect of any Event of Loss, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds (other than business interruption insurance proceeds), condemnation awards or damages
awarded by any judgment, net of the direct cost in recovery of such Net Loss Proceeds (including, without limitation, legal, accounting, appraisal and insurance adjuster fees and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by any Permitted Collateral Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Event of Loss (other than any Lien which does not rank prior to the Second Priority Liens), and any taxes paid or payable
as a result thereof.

 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received
in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject
of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor.

 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:  (i) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly
or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; and (ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior
to its stated maturity.

 

 

-16-

BACK

“Non-U.S. Person” means a person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

“North American Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary formed under the laws of a state of the United States (including the District of Columbia), or under the laws of a province of Canada, that has a principal place of business within the United States, or Canada,
as applicable.

 

“Note Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or any successor Depositary with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.

 

“Note Guarantee” means, individually and collectively, the guarantees given by the Guarantors pursuant to Article 10 hereof, including a notation in the Notes substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

 

“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

“Offering” means the sale of the Notes.

 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President
of such Person, or any Guarantor, as applicable.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers, except as otherwise provided herein, of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting
officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company (or any Guarantor, if applicable).

 

“Parent Company” means Cenveo, Inc., a Colorado corporation.

 

“Participant” means, with respect to DTC, a Person who has an account with DTC.

 

“Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” means obligations under any Additional Notes or other Indebtedness secured by the Second Priority Liens that is in each case permitted by this Indenture; provided that
(i) the representative of the holders of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations executes a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case in the form attached thereto, agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Company has designated such Indebtedness as “Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” under the Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

 

-17-

BACK

“Permitted Businesses” means the printing business generally including the business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date and any other business or businesses ancillary, complementary or related thereto.

 

“Permitted Collateral Liens” means:

 

(i) Liens securing the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to such Notes, the Note Guarantees relating thereto and any Obligations with respect to such Notes, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and Note Guarantees;

 

(ii) Liens securing Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Indenture which Liens are granted pursuant to the provisions of the Security Documents;

 

(iii) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens specified in clause (i) or (ii) above);

 

(iv) Liens described in clauses (i) (which Liens shall be subject to the Intercreditor Agreement), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (x), (xi), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xvii), (xviii), (xix), (xx), (xxi) (which Liens shall be subject to the Intercreditor Agreement), (xxiv), (xxvi), (xxvii), (xxviii) and (xxix) (but only with respect
to Obligations secured by Liens described in clause (i), (ii), (iv) and (v) referred to therein) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

 

(v)           easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness
and which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the property affected thereby or materially impair the use of such property in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(vi) Liens on the Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent relating to the Collateral Agent’s administrative expenses with respect to the Collateral; and

 

(vii) other Liens permitted under Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof).

 

“Permitted Investments” means, (i) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; (iii) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person if as a result
of such Investment:  (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (iv) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section
4.07 hereof; (v) Investments existing as of the Issue Date; (vi) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests of the Company;

 

 

-18-

BACK

(vii) accounts receivable, endorsements for collection, deposits or similar Investments arising in the ordinary course of business; (viii) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in assets of a Permitted Business or assets to be used in a Permitted Business; (ix) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement
of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments; (x) the acceptance of notes payable from and loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries in payment for the purchase of Capital Stock; (xi) any other Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary
in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable (including any trade creditor or customer); or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; (xii) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (vii) of Section 4.09 hereof; (xiii) guarantees of Indebtedness
permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; (xiv) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; (xv) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $5 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; (xvi) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; (xvii) advances, loans or extensions
of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (xviii) any other investment in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (xviii) since the Issue Date and existing at the time such Investment was made, did not exceed $50 million.

 

“Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness under Credit Facilities not to exceed the greater of (a) the amount permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof and (b) an amount such that at the time
of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 3.75 to 1.0 (provided, that in the event the Company obtains any incremental revolving credit commitments under the Credit Agreement, all Liens securing such commitments shall, for purposes of this clause (i), be deemed to be incurred pursuant to this clause (b) at
the time of obtaining such commitments regardless of when any borrowings, repayments or reborrowings under such commitments are made); provided that such Liens under this clause (i) are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; (ii) Liens incurred to secure Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations so long as, at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto,
the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 3.75 to 1.0; provided that such Liens are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; (iii) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; (iv) Liens when the Notes are secured by such Lien on an equal and ratable basis unless the Obligation secured by any such Lien is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes, in which case the Lien securing such Obligation must be
subordinate and junior to the Lien securing the Notes with the same or lesser relative priority as such Obligation shall have with respect to the Notes; (v) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such

 

 

-19-

BACK

Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person acquired or merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary; (vi) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition; (vii) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (viii) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09 (b)(iv) hereof; (ix) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
(x) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; (xi) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation,
unemployment insurance and other types of social security, old age pension or public liability obligations or to secure the payment or performance of bids, tenders, statutory or regulatory obligations, surety, stay, or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (xii) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the business
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (xiii) purchase money liens (including extensions and renewals thereof); (xiv) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit which encumber only documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (xv) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default; (xvi) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or
warranty requirements; (xvii) Liens arising out of consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods; (xviii) any interest or title of a lessor in property subject to any Capital Lease Obligation or operating lease; (xix) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, if such reserve
or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof; (xx) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment, or storage of such inventory or other goods; (xxi) Liens securing Hedging Obligations that are otherwise permitted under this Indenture; provided that
such Liens are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; (xxii) leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (xxiii) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases; (xxiv) Liens in favor of collecting or payor banks having a right of setoff, revocation, refund or chargeback with respect to money or instruments of the Company or any Subsidiary on deposit
with or in possession of such bank; (xxv) Liens to secure Non-Recourse Debt; (xxvi) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; (xxvii) Liens (a) of a collection bank arising under the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (b) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity
trading accounts or other

 

 

-20-

BACK

commodity or brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (c) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; (xxviii) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call
arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture of similar agreement; (xxix) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (or successive Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness) which refinances as a whole, or in part, any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (v), (vi), (viii), (ix) and (xiii); provided, however,
that:  (A) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements to or on such property) and (B) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of:  (1) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness secured by Liens described under clauses (i), (ii), (v), (vi), (viii), (ix) or (xiii) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien
under this Indenture and (2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; (xxx) Liens on the Collateral granted under the Security Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent to secure the Notes (other than Additional Notes) and the Note Guarantees; and (xxxi) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (i) through (xxx) that are incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company with respect
to obligations that do not exceed $25 million at any one time outstanding.

 

“Permitted Payments to the Parent Company” means (i) payments to the Parent Company in an amount sufficient to permit the Parent Company to pay reasonable and necessary operating expenses and other general corporate expenses to the extent such expenses relate or
are fairly allocable to the Company and its Subsidiaries including any reasonable professional fees and expenses not in excess of $5 million in the aggregate during any consecutive 12-month period; (ii) payments to the Parent Company to enable the Parent Company to pay foreign, federal, state or local tax liabilities (“Tax Payment”), not to exceed the amount of any tax liabilities that would be otherwise payable by the Company and its Subsidiaries to the appropriate taxing authorities if they filed
separate tax returns, to the extent that the Parent Company has an obligation to pay such tax liabilities relating to the operations, assets or capital of the Company or its Subsidiaries; provided, however that (a), notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of determining the amount of a Tax Payment that is permitted to be paid by the Company and any of its U.S. Subsidiaries in respect of their Federal
income tax liability, such payment shall be determined assuming that the Company is the parent company of an affiliated group (the “Company Affiliated Group”) filing a consolidated Federal income tax return and that the Parent Company and each such U.S. Subsidiary is a member of the Company Affiliated Group and (b) any Tax Payments shall either be used by the Parent Company to pay such tax liabilities within 90 days of the Parent Company’s receipt of such payment or refunded to the party from
whom the Parent Company received such payments; and (iii) payments to the Parent Company in an amount sufficient to permit the Parent Company to repurchase, redeem or other acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Parent Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Company held by any member of the Parent Company’s (or any of its Subsidiaries’) management pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement or stock option agreement in effect as of the Issue Date; provided that
the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $10 million in

 

 

-21-

BACK

any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next succeeding year, not to exceed an aggregate of $20 million in any calendar year).

 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:  (i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest on the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred in connection
therewith including premiums paid, if any, to the Holder thereof); (ii) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date either no earlier than the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded or 91 days following the maturity of the Notes, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;
(iii) if the Indebtedness (other than the Subordinated Notes) being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date no earlier than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased
or refunded; and (iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or agency or political subdivision thereof (including any subdivision or ongoing business of any such
entity or substantially all of the assets of any such entity, subdivision or business).

 

“Principals” means the officers and directors of the Parent Company at the Issue Date, their Affiliates (as such term is defined under the Exchange Act) and the Parent Company’s and Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust.

 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

“Real Property” means, with respect to any Grantor, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) of such Grantor in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by such Grantor,
whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all

 

 

-22-

BACK

general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, amend, modify, supplement, restructure, replace, refund or repay, or to issue other Indebtedness, in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness.  “Refinanced”
and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain agreement among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers that may require the Company to file a shelf registration statement to register resales of the Notes.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Regulation S Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination
equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

 

“Related Party” with respect to any Principal means (i) any controlling stockholder, 80% or more owned Subsidiary, or spouse or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of such Principal; or (ii) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity,
the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of such Principal and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i).

 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed
by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day restricted period as defined in Regulation S.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

 

-23-

BACK

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Second Lien Obligations” means the Indebtedness and Obligations under this Indenture and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

 

“Second Priority Liens” means all Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent on Collateral securing the Second Lien Obligations, including, without limitation, any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

 

“Secured Parties” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Security Agreement” means that certain Second Lien Pledge and Security Agreement to be dated as of the Issue Date among the Collateral Agent, the Company and the Domestic Guarantors granting, among other things, a Second Priority Lien on the Collateral subject to
Permitted Collateral Liens, in each case in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

“Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, any mortgages, the Intercreditor Agreement and all of the security agreements, pledges, collateral assignments, deeds of trust, trust deeds or other instruments evidencing or creating or purporting to create any
security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, in all or any portion of the Collateral, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning specified in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is, or would be, a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall
not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

 

-24-

BACK

“Subordinated Notes” means (i) the Company’s 8-3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2004, among the Company (as successor to Cadmus Communications Corporation), the subsidiary guarantors party
thereto and U.S. Bank National Association (as successor to Wachovia Bank, National Association), as trustee, and (ii) the Company’s 7-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2004, by and among the Company (formerly known as “Mail-Well I Corporation”), the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:  (i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote
in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that shall have guaranteed, pursuant to this Indenture or a supplemental indenture and the requirements therefor set forth in this Indenture, the payment of all principal of, and interest and premium, if any,
on the Notes and all other amounts payable under the Notes or this Indenture.

 

“Tax Payment” means any payment of foreign, federal, state or local tax liabilities.

 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, except as provided in Section 9.03 hereof.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, as obtained by the Company, with respect to the Notes, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most
recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to February 1, 2014; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date
to February 1, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

“Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

 

-25-

BACK

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent global Note in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or
on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a board resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:  (i) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse
Debt; (ii) is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; (iii) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect
obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and (iv) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by
Section 4.08 hereof.  If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of such
covenant.  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on
a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:  (i) the sum of the products of (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other
required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, and (b) the number of years

 

 

-26-

BACK

(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person and/or
by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly
Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

	 	
SECTION 1.02.  
	

Other Definitions.

 

	 	
 

Term
	
Defined in

  Section

	 	
“Affiliate Transaction”
	
4.12

	 	
“Calculation Date”
	
1.01

	 	
“Change of Control Offer”
	
4.06

	 	
“Change of Control Payment”
	
4.06

	 	
“Change of Control Payment Date”
	
4.06

	 	
“Company Affiliated Group”
	
1.01

	 	
“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date”
	
1.01

	 	
“Covenant Defeasance”
	
8.03

	 	
“DTC”
	
2.03

	 	
“Event of Default”
	
6.01

	 	
“Final Offering Memorandum”
	
9.01

	 	
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”
	
1.01

	 	
“incur”
	
4.09

	 	
“Legal Defeasance”
	
8.02

	 	
“Mortgage”
	
4.21

	 	
“Offer”
	
3.09

	 	
“Offer Amount”
	
3.09

	 	
“Offer Period”
	
3.09

	 	
“Other Debt”
	
4.07

	 	
“Paying Agent”
	
2.03

	 	
“Payment Default”
	
6.01

	 	
“Permitted Debt”
	
4.09

	 	
“Purchase Date”
	
3.09

	 	
“Registrar”
	
2.03

	 	
“Restricted Payments”
	
4.08

	 	
“Subject Property”
	
4.19

 

-27-

BACK

 

                                

                                 SECTION 1.03.          Incorporation
by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

 

                                 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee;

 

“obligor” on the Notes means the Company or any Guarantor and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

	 	
SECTION 1.04.  
	

Rules of Construction.

 

               Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(iii) “or” is not exclusive;

 

(iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(v) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(vi) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and

 

(vii) for the avoidance of doubt, any references to “interest” shall include any Additional Interest that may be payable.

 

 

-28-

BACK

 

ARTICLE 2

  

THE NOTES

 

	 	
SECTION 2.01.  
	

Form and Dating.

 

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.  The notation on each Note relating to the Note Guarantees shall be substantially in the form set forth on Exhibit D, which is a part of this Indenture.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements
required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes (including the Note Guarantees) shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors, and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However,
to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend and the “Schedule of Exchanges in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note
Legend and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and
redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

	 	
SECTION 2.02.  
	

Execution and Authentication.

 

Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.  The Company’s seal shall be reproduced on the Notes and may be in facsimile form.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers, authenticate Notes, with the Note Guarantees endorsed thereon, for original issue up to the

 

 

-29-

BACK

aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Notes.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.  The aggregate principal amount of the Notes that may be issued under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has
the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

  

	 	
SECTION 2.03.  
	

Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

The Company and the Guarantors shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”).  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer
and exchange.  The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  The Trustee will
initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes.  The Company may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes, or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the Parent Company may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.  If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Company or any of the Guarantors may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Note Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

  

	 	
SECTION 2.04.  
	

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

 

The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company or
the Guarantors in making any such payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Guarantor) shall have no further liability for the money.  If the Company or a Guarantor acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and
hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

 

-30-

BACK

 

	 	
SECTION 2.05.  
	

Holder Lists.

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company and/or the Guarantors shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business
Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company and the Guarantors shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

 

	 	
SECTION 2.06.  
	

Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.  A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee
of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.  All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee written notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor
Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee.  Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above, and upon the surrender by the Depositary of the Global Notes, Definitive Notes (accompanied by a notation of the Note
Guarantees duly endorsed by the Guarantors) shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee.  Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.11 hereof.  Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to Section 2.07 or 2.11 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note.  A Global Note
may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

 

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.  The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected
through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.  Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs as
applicable:

 

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.  Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be
transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend;

 

 

-31-

BACK

provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an initial purchaser in a resale pursuant to Rule 144A).  Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted
Global Note may be transferred only to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

 

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.  In connection with all transfers and exchanges
of beneficial interests in a Global Note other than a transfer of a beneficial interest in a Global Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Global Note, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another
Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred
or exchanged and (ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (i) above.  Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global
Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

 

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note.  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global
Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of clause (ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note.  A
beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest

 

 

-32-

BACK

in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of clause (ii) above and:

 

(A) [Reserved]

 

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C) [Reserved]; or

 

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof;

 

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)
thereof; and

 

(iii) in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act.

 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes (accompanied by a notation
of the Note Guarantees duly endorsed by the Guarantors) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

 

(i) If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial

 

 

-33-

BACK

interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit
C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
in item (1) thereof;

 

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed
in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

 

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b)
thereof; or

 

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note (accompanied by a notation of the Note Guarantees duly
endorsed by the Guarantors) in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes
to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a

 

 

-34-

BACK

beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(ii) [Reserved].

 

(iii) Notwithstanding Section 2.06(c)(i) hereof, a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer
such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

 

(A) [Reserved];

 

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C) [Reserved]; or

 

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof;

 

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
in item (4) thereof; and

 

in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company, to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance
with the Securities Act.

 

(iv) If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note (accompanied by a notation of the Note Guarantees duly endorsed by the Guarantors) in the
appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange

 

 

-35-

BACK

for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall
deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.  A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

 

(i) If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto,
including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

(B) if such Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
in item (1) thereof;

 

(C) if such Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth
in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D) if such Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(A) thereof;

 

(E) if such Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed
in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

 

(F) if such Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(B) thereof;
or

 

 

-36-

BACK

(G) if such Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (3)(C) thereof, the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note.

 

(ii) A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

 

(A) [Reserved];

 

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C) [Reserved]; or

 

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i)           if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof;

 

(ii)           if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
in item (4) thereof; and

 

(iii)           in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and
in the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, and such Definitive Notes are being exchanged or transferred in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(iii) A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a

 

 

-37-

BACK

Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.  Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted
Global Notes.

 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee
shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes (accompanied by a notation of the Note Guarantees duly endorsed by the Guarantors) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above.

 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.  Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions
of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by his attorney, duly authorized in writing.  In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications,
documents and information, as applicable, pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

 

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(1) thereof;

 

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
in item (2) thereof; and

 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

(ii) Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note if:

 

(A) [Reserved];

 

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

 

-38-

BACK

(C) [Reserved]; or

 

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof;

 

(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and

 

(iii) in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act, and such Restricted Definitive Note is being exchanged or transferred in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States.

 

(iii) A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.  Upon receipt of a request
for such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.  Unrestricted Definitive Notes cannot be exchanged for or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

(f) [Reserved]

 

(g) Legends.  The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise
in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

(i) Private Placement Legend.

 

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially
the following form:

 

“THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE

 

 

-39-

BACK

SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION
S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED ON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS) AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.”

 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all
Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(ii) Global Note Legend.  Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06
OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.”

 

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes.  At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes
or a

 

 

-40-

BACK

particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred
to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such increase.

 

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes (in each case, accompanied by a notation of the
Note Guarantees duly endorsed by the Guarantors) upon the Company’s order or at the Registrar’s request.

 

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.06, 4.07, 4.19 and 9.05 hereof).

 

(iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in
part.

 

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes (in each case, accompanied by a notation of the Note Guarantees duly endorsed by the Guarantors) issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of
Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(v) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of notice
of redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

 

-41-

BACK

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute
owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes (in each case, accompanied by a notation of the Note Guarantees duly endorsed by the Guarantors) in accordance with the provisions
of Section 2.02 hereof.

 

(viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

(ix) Each Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation
of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law.

 

(x) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect
to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

  

	 	
SECTION 2.07.  
	

Replacement Notes.

 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon the written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company, shall authenticate a replacement Note (accompanied by
a notation of the Note Guarantees duly endorsed by the Guarantors) if the Trustee’s requirements are met.  An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and the Guarantors and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

  

	 	
SECTION 2.08.  
	

Outstanding Notes.

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the

 

 

-42-

BACK

interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

	 	
SECTION 2.09.  
	

Treasury Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, by any Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, shall be considered
as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

 

	 	
SECTION 2.10.  
	

Temporary Notes.

 

Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes (accompanied by a notation of the Note Guarantees duly endorsed by the Guarantors) upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form
of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes (accompanied by a notation of the Note Guarantees duly endorsed by the Guarantors) in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

	 	
SECTION 2.11.  
	

Cancellation.

 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee and no one else shall, in accordance with its customary procedures, cancel all Notes surrendered
for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall confirm in writing to the Company

 

 

-43-

BACK

which Notes have been cancelled by the Trustee.  The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

	 	
SECTION 2.12.  
	

Defaulted Interest.

 

If either the Company or any Guarantor defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it or they (to the extent of their obligations under the Note Guarantees) shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special
record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment.  The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.  At least 15 days
before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

	 	
SECTION 2.13.  
	

CUSIP Numbers.

 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed
on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

 

	 	
SECTION 2.14.  
	

[Reserved].

 

	 	
SECTION 2.15.  
	

Issuance of Additional Notes.

 

The Company shall be entitled, without the consent of the Holders, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount which shall have substantially identical terms as the Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price, amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable thereto
or upon a registration default as provided under a registration rights agreement related thereto and, terms of optional redemption, if any; provided that such issuance is not prohibited by Section 4.09 or 4.10.  The Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of its Board of Directors (or a duly appointed committee thereof) and in an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

 

 

-44-

BACK

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(2) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes and the amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable thereto; and

 

(3) whether such Additional Notes shall be transfer restricted securities or shall be registered securities.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

	 	
SECTION 3.01.  
	

Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 35 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii)
the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.  Such notice shall be given at least 45 days prior to the redemption date in the event the Company desires that the Trustee give notice of redemption to the holders of the Notes as more particularly set forth in Section 3.03.

 

	 	
SECTION 3.02.  
	

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (subject to the rules and procedures of DTC).

 

No Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.  Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address.  Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

 

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original
Note.  Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption.  On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

 

	 	
SECTION 3.03.  
	

Notice of Redemption.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

 

 

-45-

BACK

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP numbers) and shall state:

 

(a) the redemption date;

 

(b) the redemption price;

 

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth
the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph and containing a copy of the text of the notice to the Holders.

 

	 	
SECTION 3.04.  
	

Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.  A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

 

	 	
SECTION 3.05.  
	

Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date.  The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee
or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

 

 

-46-

BACK

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption.  If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and
unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided
in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

	 	
SECTION 3.06.  
	

Notes Redeemed in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note (accompanied by a notation of the Note Guarantees duly endorsed by the Guarantors) equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion
of the Note surrendered.

 

	 	
SECTION 3.07.  
	

Optional Redemption.

 

(a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to February 1, 2014, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s
registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(b) Except as set forth in clauses (a), (c) and (d) of this Section 3.07, the Company shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 prior to February 1, 2014.  Thereafter, the Company may redeem
all or a part of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of the years indicated below:

 

	 	
YEAR
	
PERCENTAGE

	 	
2014                                                        
	
104.438%

	 	
2015                                                        
	
102.219%

	 	
2016 and thereafter                                                        
	
100.000%

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 3.07, at any time prior to February 1, 2013, the Company may at its option on any one or more occasions redeem the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) in
an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) originally issued at a redemption price of 108.875% of the principal amount

 

 

-47-

BACK

thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

 

(i) at least 65% of such aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) originally issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (other
than Notes held directly or indirectly by the Parent Company, the Company and its Affiliates); and

 

(ii) each such redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 3.07, prior to February 1, 2014, the Company may at its option redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date
in any 12-month period, in connection with up to two redemptions in such 12-month period, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price of 103% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

 

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

	 	
SECTION 3.08.  
	

Mandatory Redemption.

 

Except as set forth under Sections 4.06, 4.07 and 4.19 hereof, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

 

	 	
SECTION 3.09.  
	

Offer to Purchase by Application of Net Proceeds.

 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.19 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below.

 

The Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”).  Promptly after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the principal
amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.19, as the case may be, hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer.  Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the
Offer.

 

Upon the commencement of an Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee.  The notice shall

 

 

-48-

BACK

contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer.  The Offer shall be made to all Holders.  The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Offer, shall state:

 

(a) that the Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.07 or 4.19, as the case may be, hereof and the length of time the Offer shall remain open;

 

(b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date and, if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is required to and does make an offer to holders of Other Debt as contemplated by clause
(c) of the second paragraph of Section 4.07 or clause (c) of Section 4.19, as the case may be, the notice shall state that fact, that the Offer Amount will be reduced by the amount of Other Debt or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as applicable, required to be purchased pursuant to such other offer, and that the amount of such reduction will not be known until the expiration of such other offer, which shall not be later than the expiration of the Offer Period;

 

(c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrete or accrue interest;

 

(d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer shall cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

 

(e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased;

 

(f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse
of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

(g) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a
facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

(h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments
as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or $1,000 integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and

 

(i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes (accompanied by a notation of the Note Guarantees duly endorsed by the

 

 

-49-

BACK

Guarantors) equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

 

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.  The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note (in each case, accompanied by a notation of the Note Guarantees duly
endorsed by the Guarantors), and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.  Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.  The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Offer on the Purchase Date.

 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

	 	
SECTION 3.10.  
	

Other Acquisitions of Notes.

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, the Company may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to an issuer tender offer, open market purchase or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

	 	
SECTION 4.01.  
	

Payment of Notes.

 

The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or any Guarantor thereof, holds as of 10:00
a.m.  Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.  The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy
Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

 

-50-

BACK

 

	 	
SECTION 4.02.  
	

Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York (or for so long as Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, is the Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee), an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered
for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company or the Guarantors in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices
and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain
an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York (or for so long as Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, is the Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee) for such purposes.  The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Company hereby designates the office of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Corporate Trust Services, MAC N9311-110, 625 Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55479, as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.03.  
	

Compliance Certificate.

 

(a) The Company and the Guarantors shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding
fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and the Note Guarantees, respectively, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained
in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

 

(b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.18(a) shall be accompanied by a written statement
of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in

 

 

-51-

BACK

making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood
that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

 

(c) Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer of the Company or any Guarantor becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’
Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.04.  
	

Taxes.

 

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.05.  
	

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

 

Each of the Company and the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and each of the Company and the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.06.  
	

Change of Control.

 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or a $1,000 integral multiple thereof; provided
however that no Note will be purchased in part if such Note would have a remaining principal amount of less than $2,000) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”).  In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a “Change of Control Payment” in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase.  Within
30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase such Holder’s Notes on the date specified in such notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice.  The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and

 

 

-52-

BACK

regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control.  To the extent the provisions of any securities laws are inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture, the Company will not be deemed to have breached this covenant by complying with such laws.

 

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

 

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

 

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased
by the Company.

 

(c) The Change of Control Offer shall remain open for at least 20 Business Days or for such longer period as is required by law.

 

(d) The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail as directed in writing by the Company (or cause to be transferred
by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereof.

 

(e) The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

(f) The provisions described in this Section 4.06 that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable regardless of whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

 

(g) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth
in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.07.  
	

Asset Sales.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

(a) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as

 

 

-53-

BACK

determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(b) at least 75% of the Net Proceeds received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.  For purposes of this provision, each of the following
shall be deemed to be cash:

 

(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet), of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities
and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

 

(ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into
cash (to the extent of the cash received in that conversion) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and

 

(iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors of the Company), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (A) $75 million or (B) five percent (5%) of the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and determined in accordance with GAAP (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured
at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.

 

(c) If such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Collateral, the Company or such Subsidiary has complied with the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents.

 

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary must apply such Net Proceeds:

 

(a) to be reinvested in the business of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and to the extent that the assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale constituted Collateral such replacement assets shall be required to constitute Collateral;

 

(b) to permanently repay First Lien Obligations (in the case of First Lien Obligations that are revolving obligations, permanently reduce the commitments with respect thereto); or

 

 

-54-

BACK

(c) to make an offer to purchase the Notes at 100% of principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and if applicable, (x) in the case of Net Proceeds from Collateral, to make an offer to the holders of other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and (y) in the case of any other Net Proceeds, to make an offer to the holders
of other Indebtedness of the Company that ranks pari passu with the Notes (the “Other Debt”), in either case (x) and (y) that by its terms requires the Company to make an offer to purchase such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or Other Debt, as applicable, upon consummation of an Asset Sale, to purchase such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or Other Debt, as applicable, on a pro
rata basis with the Notes.

 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to clause (c) above.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities
laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

 

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.08.  
	

Restricted Payments.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation,
any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

 

(b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company
or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

 

(c) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund,
refinance, defease or replace all or any portion of the Subordinated Notes) that is subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or

 

 

-55-

BACK

(d) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (a) through (d) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at
the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(ii) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had
been made at the beginning of the most recently ended four-quarter period for which internal financial statements are available, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); and

 

(iii) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments
permitted by clauses (iii), (v), (vii), (viii) and (ix) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of

 

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income (or, in each case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) of the Company since the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the
Issue Date occurs, plus

 

(B) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company on and after the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs from the sale of Equity Interests or any Indebtedness that
is convertible into Capital Stock and has been so converted, plus

 

(C) the aggregate cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities received by the Company as capital contributions
on and after the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs, plus

 

(D) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities, in each case, received
on and after the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loan advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than
to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital

 

 

-56-

BACK

Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than, in each case, to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

 

(E) $50 million.

 

(e) So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the preceding provisions will not prohibit:

 

(i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(ii) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any pari passu or subordinated Indebtedness of the Company
or any Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company;

 

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of pari passu or subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or
any Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

(iv) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its common Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

 

(v) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any member of the Company’s
(or any of its Subsidiaries’) management pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement or stock option agreement in effect as of the Issue Date; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $10 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next succeeding year, not to exceed an aggregate of $20 million in
any calendar year);

 

(vi) the making of any Restricted Investment, directly or indirectly, out of the net cash proceeds of substantially concurrent sales (other than to a Subsidiary) of Equity Interests of the Company;

 

(vii) the repurchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued, or Indebtedness incurred, by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of any Person or any assets to the former owners of such Person or assets; and

 

 

-57-

BACK

(viii) Permitted Payments to the Parent Company.

 

(f) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued
by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.  The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant shall be determined by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee.  The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if
the fair market value exceeds $25 million.  Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.08, were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.09.  
	

Incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with
respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt); provided, however, that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 2 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including
a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the prohibitions of paragraph (a) of this Section 4.09, the Company may incur of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

 

(i) the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (including amounts outstanding on the Issue Date); provided that
the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness under such Credit Facilities (including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (i)) permitted by this clause (i) does not exceed $570.0 million (after giving effect to all prepayments of amounts outstanding thereunder with the proceeds of the initial issuance of the Notes), less any repayments actually made thereunder with the Net Proceeds of Asset Sales in accordance with
clause (b) of the second paragraph of Section 4.07;

 

(ii) the incurrence by the Company and its Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness (excluding amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement at the Issue Date);

 

 

-58-

BACK

(iii) the incurrence by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the Note Guarantees (other than Additional Notes);

 

(iv) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case,
incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount (including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (iv)) not to exceed $50 million at any time outstanding;

 

(v) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace,
Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that is permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (ix) of this paragraph;

 

(vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however,
that:

 

(A) if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and such Indebtedness is owed to or held by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness
must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor; and

 

(B) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof
and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (vi);

 

(vii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that
is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding;

 

(viii) the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision
of this Section 4.09;

 

 

-59-

BACK

(ix) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accrued value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including
all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (ix), not to exceed $75 million;

 

(x) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of judgment, appeal, surety, performance and other like bonds, bankers acceptances and letters of
credit provided by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (including any similar Indebtedness incurred to refinance, retire, renew, defease, refund or otherwise replace any Indebtedness referred to in this clause (x)); and

 

(xi) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries arising from agreements or their respective bylaws providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations,
or from guarantees of letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person acquiring all or a portion of the business or assets of a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described
in paragraphs (b)(i) through (b)(xi) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.09, the Company shall be permitted to classify (or later reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 and such Indebtedness will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to such clauses or the first paragraph hereof, as the case may be, as designated by the Company; provided, however,
that any incurrences of Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities must be first applied to clause (i) above.  Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value or liquidation preference and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.10.  
	

Liens.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to own any Lien of any kind on or with respect to the Collateral except Permitted Collateral Liens.  Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, the Company shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to own any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness, Attributable Debt or trade payables on any asset or property now owned or hereafter acquired other than the Collateral, except Permitted Liens.

 

 

-60-

BACK

 

	 	
SECTION 4.11.  
	

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

 

(a) The Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions or pay Indebtedness to the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in,
or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(b) However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(i) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities and other contractual encumbrances or restrictions in each case as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Issue Date;

 

(ii) this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

 

(iii) applicable law;

 

(iv) any agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the
extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings of any such agreement or instrument, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those contained in those agreements and instruments on the date of such acquisition;

 

 

-61-

BACK

(v) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vi) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions, loans, advances or asset transfers by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other
disposition;

 

(vii) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(viii) any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof (i) if the encumbrances and
restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in this Indenture (as determined in good faith by the Company), or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and either (x) the Company determines in good faith that such encumbrance
or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness;

 

(ix) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 4.10 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 

(x) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered
into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xi) in the case of clause (iii) of Section 4.11(a) hereof, encumbrances or restrictions:

 

(A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset;

 

(B) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited
by this Indenture, or

 

(C) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

 

-62-

BACK

(xii) customary restrictions on such loans, advances or transfers contained in agreements governing Permitted Investments properly made in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.12.  
	

Transactions with Affiliates.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee
with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

 

(a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

(b) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

 

(i) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth
in the Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.12 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors, if any; and

 

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Holders
of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

 

The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

 

(a) any employment agreement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practice of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(b) indemnification agreements permitted by law entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with any of its Affiliates who are directors, employees or agents of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(c) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(d) payment of reasonable directors fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;

 

 

-63-

BACK

(e) Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.08 hereof;

 

(f) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of
the disinterested directors of the Company, if any, in good faith;

 

(g) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(h) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national or regional standing stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

 

(i) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company); and

 

(j) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any shareholders agreement or its equivalent (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which
it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (j) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material
respect than the terms of the original agreement in effect on the Issue Date as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.13.  
	

Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

 

If after the Issue Date the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquires or creates another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a special purpose financing vehicle) and such Restricted Subsidiary is a North American Subsidiary, then at such time as such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Significant Subsidiary of the Company,
that newly acquired or created Restricted Subsidiary must become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee within 10 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created.

 

The Obligations under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations of any Person that is or becomes a Domestic Guarantor after the Issue Date will be secured equally and ratably by a Second Priority Lien on

 

 

-64-

BACK

the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the Holders of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.  Such Domestic Guarantor shall enter into a joinder agreement to the applicable Security Documents defining the terms of the security interests that secure payment and performance
when due of the Notes and take all actions advisable in the opinion of the Company, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate accompanied by an opinion of counsel to the Company, to cause the Second Priority Liens created by the Security Agreement to be duly perfected to the extent required by such agreement in accordance with all applicable law, including the filing of financing statements in the jurisdictions of incorporation or formation of the Company and the Domestic Guarantors.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.14.  
	

Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness.

 

The Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not a Guarantor of the Notes, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Company unless such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture
providing for the Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary to the same extent as such Guarantee of such other Indebtedness, which Guarantee shall be senior to or pari passu with such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee of or pledge to secure such other Indebtedness.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, any Note Guarantee of the Notes shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged under the circumstances described in Section 10.05 hereof.  The form of the Guarantee of the Notes is attached as Exhibit D hereto.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.15.  
	

Business Activities.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.16.  
	

Advances to Subsidiaries.

 

All advances to Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors made by the Company after the Issue Date will be evidenced by Intercompany Notes in favor of the Company.  Each Intercompany Note will be payable upon demand and will bear interest at the same rate as the Notes.  The form of Intercompany Note is attached as
Exhibit F hereto.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.17.  
	

Payments for Consent.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered
to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

 

-65-

BACK

 

	 	
SECTION 4.18.  
	

Reports.

 

(a) Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

 

(i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, if the Company were required to file such Forms, including
a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and

 

(ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

 

(b) The quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, or in “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiary Guarantors separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the other Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

(c) In addition, whether or not required by the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in
the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC shall not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of Trust Indenture Act § 314(a). 

 

(d) In addition, the Company shall file with the Trustee such other information, documents and other reports which the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(e) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding (unless the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), the Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective
investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(f) The foregoing reporting obligations set forth in this Section 4.18 may be satisfied by reports prepared and filed by the Parent Company on a consolidated basis under the requirements of the Exchange Act.

 

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein,

 

 

-66-

BACK

including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

	 	
SECTION 4.19.  
	

Event of Loss.

 

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Loss Proceeds from an Event of Loss, the Company or the affected Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, must apply the Net Loss Proceeds:

 

(a) to the rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction of improvements to the property affected by such Event of Loss (the “Subject
Property”); provided, however, that the Company delivers to the Trustee within 120 days of such Event of Loss an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Company has applied (or will apply after receipt of any anticipated insurance or similar proceeds) the Net Loss Proceeds in accordance with this clause (a);

 

(b) to permanently repay First Lien Obligations (in the case of First Lien Obligations that are revolving obligations, permanently reduce the commitments with respect thereto); or

 

(c) to make an offer to purchase the Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and if applicable, to make an offer to the holders of other Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Obligations that by its terms requires the Company to make an offer to purchase such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations upon an Event of Loss, to purchase such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations on a pro rata basis with the Notes.

 

The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to clause (3) above.  To the extent that the provisions of any applicable
securities laws or regulations conflict with the Event of Loss provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Event of Loss provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

 

Pending the final application of any Net Loss Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.20.  
	

Further Assurances.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its existing and future Restricted Subsidiaries to, at their expense, duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such further agreements, documents and instruments and do or cause to be done such further acts as may be necessary and proper to:

 

(a) Effectuate the purposes of this Indenture and the Security Documents;

 

 

-67-

BACK

(b) evidence, perfect, maintain and enforce the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Second Priority Liens created, or intended to be created, by the Security Documents; and

 

(c) ensure the protection and enforcement of any of the rights granted or intended to be granted to the Trustee under any other instrument executed in connection therewith.

 

	 	
SECTION 4.21.  
	

Post-Closing Covenant

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture or the Security Documents, within 120 days of the Issue Date the applicable Grantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Collateral Agent
the following, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and the Collateral Agent and their respective counsel:

 

(i) a mortgage or mortgage deed, assignment of leases and rents and security agreement (each, a “Mortgage”) granted by
the owner or lessee, as applicable, of each Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, encumbering each applicable Grantor’s fee or leasehold interest in such Mortgaged Property, duly executed and acknowledged by each such Grantor in form for recording in the appropriate recording office of the political subdivision where such Mortgaged Property is
situated and securing the Second Lien Obligations, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof and such financing statements and other similar statements in respect of each such Mortgage, and any other instruments necessary to grant the interests purported to be granted by each such Mortgage (and to record such Mortgage in the appropriate recording offices) under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, which Mortgage
and financing statements and other instruments shall be effective to create a valid and enforceable Second Priority Lien on such Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, subject to no Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens (it being understood and agreed that each Mortgage shall be substantially in the form of the mortgages securing the First Lien
Obligations and executed and delivered by certain of the Grantors in July 2007, with such changes to said form as may be necessary or appropriate to cause the Mortgages to secure the Second Lien Obligations in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and to conform to and give effect to the transactions contemplated hereby and in the Final Offering Memorandum and including such
schedules and provisions as shall be necessary to conform such document to applicable local or foreign law or as shall be customary under applicable local or foreign law);

 

(ii) with respect to each Mortgage encumbering any Mortgaged Property, a title search dated contemporaneous with the delivery of such Mortgage conducted by a

 

 

-68-

BACK

title insurer which reflects that such Mortgaged Property is free and clear of all defects and encumbrances other than Permitted Collateral Liens (it being understood and agreed that title insurance policies, surveys and legal opinions shall not be required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 4.21; provided,
that, if requested by the Collateral Agent, the applicable Grantor will use best efforts to obtain a legal opinion covering the enforceability of such Mortgage under the local law of the jurisdiction in which such Mortgaged Property is located);

 

(iii) to the extent not previously delivered to the Collateral Agent, policies or certificates of property insurance covering the Mortgaged Properties, and any other assets of the Grantors as required
by this Indenture and the Security Documents, which policies or certificates name the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as additional insured and loss payee and mortgagee, as applicable and appropriate, as its interests may appear, and shall otherwise bear endorsements of the character required pursuant to this Indenture and the Security Documents;

 

(iv) evidence of  payment of required recording costs and taxes due in respect of the execution, delivery or recording of the Mortgages, fixture filings and related documents, and search
and examination charges, and any other amounts then due in connection therewith; and

 

(v) such further information, certificates and documents evidencing or relating to the Mortgaged Property or required to effect the foregoing as the Initial Purchasers, the Collateral Agent or their
respective counsel may reasonably request, including, without limitation, such information, certificates and documents substantially similar in form and substance to those delivered to the First Lien Agent pursuant to the First Lien Documents, but excluding title insurance policies, surveys and legal opinions (except as set forth in the proviso to clause (ii) above).

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture or the Security Documents, with respect to any Mortgaged Property acquired by any Grantor following the Issue Date, the applicable Grantors shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to deliver to the Collateral Agent the following, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and its counsel, within 90 days following the date of acquisition thereof:

 

(i) a Mortgage  granted by the owner or lessee, as applicable, of such Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders
of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, encumbering each applicable Grantor’s fee or leasehold interest in such Mortgaged Property, duly executed and acknowledged by each such Grantor in form for recording in the appropriate recording office of the political subdivision where such Mortgaged Property is situated and securing the Second Lien Obligations, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the
recording or filing thereof and such financing statements and other similar statements in respect of each such Mortgage, and any other instruments necessary to grant the interests purported to be granted by each such Mortgage (and to record such

 

 

-69-

BACK

Mortgage in the appropriate recording offices) under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, which Mortgage and financing statements and other instruments shall be effective to create a valid and enforceable Second Priority Lien on such Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee
and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, subject to no Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens (it being understood and agreed that each Mortgage shall be substantially in the form of the mortgages securing the First Lien Obligations and executed and delivered by certain of the Grantors in July 2007, with such changes to said form as may be necessary or appropriate to cause the Mortgages to secure the Second Lien Obligations in favor of the Collateral
Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and to conform to and give effect to the transactions contemplated hereby and in the Final Offering Memorandum and including such schedules and provisions as shall be necessary to conform such document to applicable local or foreign law or as shall be customary under applicable local or foreign law);

 

(ii) with respect to such Mortgage, a title search dated contemporaneous with the delivery of such Mortgage conducted by a title insurer which reflects that such Mortgaged Property is free and clear
of all defects and encumbrances other than Permitted Collateral Liens (it being understood and agreed that title insurance policies, surveys and legal opinions shall not be required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 4.21; provided, that, if requested by the Collateral Agent, the applicable Grantor will use best efforts to obtain a legal opinion covering the enforceability of such Mortgage under the local law of the jurisdiction in which such
Mortgaged Property is located);

 

(iii) to the extent not previously delivered to the Collateral Agent, policies or certificates of property insurance covering such Mortgaged Property, as required by this Indenture and the Security
Documents, which policies or certificates name the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as additional insured and loss payee and mortgagee, as applicable and appropriate, as its interests may appear, and shall otherwise bear endorsements of the character required pursuant to this Indenture and the Security Documents;

 

(iv) evidence of  payment of required recording costs and taxes due in respect of the execution, delivery or recording of such Mortgage, fixture filings and related documents, and search
and examination charges, and any other amounts then due in connection therewith; and

 

(v) such further information, certificates and documents evidencing or relating to such Mortgaged Property or required to effect the foregoing as the Collateral Agent or its counsel may reasonably
request, including, without limitation, such information, certificates and documents substantially similar in form and substance to those delivered to the First Lien Agent pursuant to the First Lien Documents, but excluding any title insurance policies, surveys or legal opinions (except as set forth in the proviso to clause (ii) above).

 

 

-70-

BACK

(c) All conditions precedent, representations and covenants contained in this Indenture and the Security Documents shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to effect the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.21 (and to permit
the taking of the actions described above within the time periods required above, rather than as elsewhere provided in any of the above-referenced agreements); provided that, to the extent any representation and warranty would not be true because the foregoing actions were not taken on the Issue Date, the respective representation and warranty shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects at the time the respective action is taken in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.21.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

SUCCESSORS

 

	 	
SECTION 5.01.  
	

Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

 

The Company may not, directly or indirectly:  (i) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as
a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:

 

(a) either:  (i) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

(b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have
been made, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(c) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

 

(d) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the surviving entity shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien
in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Collateral Liens

 

(e) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the surviving entity, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral
under the Security Documents, shall be treated as after-acquired property and the surviving entity shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture; and

 

 

-71-

BACK

(f) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer conveyance or other disposition has been
made, shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a).

 

In addition, the Company may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.  Section 5.01(f) shall not apply to a merger, consolidation, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company
and any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 5.01 also will not apply to sales of the assets or stocks between or among the Company and any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

	 	
SECTION 5.02.  
	

Successor Corporation Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided,
however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

 

	 	
SECTION 6.01.  
	

Events of Default.

 

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

(a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;

 

(b) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

(c) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions described under Sections 4.06, 4.07, 4.08 and 4.09 hereof;

 

 

-72-

BACK

(d) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders
of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

 

(e) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:

 

(i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”);
or

 

(ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; and

 

(iii) in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of
which has been so accelerated, aggregates $35 million or more;

 

(f) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $35 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed within 60 days following
entry of judgment;

 

(g) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or
any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Note Guarantee;

 

(h) the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i) commences a voluntary case,

 

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

 

 

-73-

BACK

(i) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(i) is for relief against the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

(ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole,
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

 

(j) (i) with respect to any Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $10.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, (A) any default or breach by the Company or any Guarantor in the performance of its obligations
under the Security Documents or this Indenture which adversely affects in any material respect the condition or value of the Collateral or the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Second Priority Liens, taken as a whole, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof by the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, or (B) any security interest created under the Security Documents or under this Indenture is
declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction; or (ii) the Company or any Guarantor asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any security interest in any Collateral is invalid or unenforceable.

 

	 	
SECTION 6.02.  
	

Acceleration.

 

If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (h) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.  Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (h) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary constituting a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then

 

 

-74-

BACK

outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration)
have been cured or waived.

 

If an Event of Default occurs by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, then, upon acceleration of the Notes,
an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable, to the extent permitted by law, anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

	 	
SECTION 6.03.  
	

Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture or the Security Documents.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence
in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

	 	
SECTION 6.04.  
	

Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium
or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration).  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver
shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

	 	
SECTION 6.05.  
	

Control by Majority.

 

Subject to the terms of the Security Documents, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow
any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

 

-75-

BACK

 

	 	
SECTION 6.06.  
	

Limitation on Suits.

 

A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

 

(a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and

 

(e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

 

	 	
SECTION 6.07.  
	

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

	 	
SECTION 6.08.  
	

Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent
lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

	 	
SECTION 6.09.  
	

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial
proceedings

 

 

-76-

BACK

relative to the Company or any of the Guarantors (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder
to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other
amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize
or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

	 	
SECTION 6.10.  
	

Priorities.

 

Subject to the terms of the Security Documents, if the Trustee collects (or receives from the Collateral Agent under any Security Documents) any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

First:  to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense, indemnities and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee or Collateral Agent and
the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second:  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and interest, respectively;
and

 

Third:  to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

	 	
SECTION 6.11.  
	

Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable
costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits

 

 

-77-

BACK

and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

	 	
SECTION 6.12.  
	

Notice.

 

The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with this Indenture pursuant to Section 4.03(a).  Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

	 	
SECTION 7.01.  
	

Duties of Trustee.

 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and the Security Documents, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise,
as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture
and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions
furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

 

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a final nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction
that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

 

-78-

BACK

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

 

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture or any provision of any Security Document that in any way relates to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of
this Section.

 

(e) No provision of this Indenture or the Security Documents shall require the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability.  The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation
to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture or the Security Documents at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to
the extent required by law.

 

	 	
SECTION 7.02.  
	

Rights of Trustee.

 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in
reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company or any Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company or any Guarantor.

 

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security
or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

 

-79-

BACK

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received
by a Responsible Officer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised
of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder,
and each agent, custodian and other Person employed by the Trustee to act hereunder.

 

	 	
SECTION 7.03.  
	

Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, any Guarantors or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate
such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

	 	
SECTION 7.04.  
	

Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for or make any representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, or the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral (except for the safe custody of Collateral in its possession actually received by it in accordance with the terms
hereof or the terms of any Security Document) for the legality, effectiveness or sufficiency of any Security Document, or for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Second Priority Lien, and neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible
for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes, any statement or recital in any document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication on the Notes

 

	 	
SECTION 7.05.  
	

Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the

 

 

-80-

BACK

notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

 

	 	
SECTION 7.06.  
	

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

 

Within 60 days after each May 15 following the Issue Date (beginning with May 15, 2010), and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA Section 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA Section 313(a) has occurred within the
twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA Section 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d).  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted
from any stock exchange.

 

	 	
SECTION 7.07.  
	

Compensation and Indemnity.

 

The Company and the Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Trustee for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express
trust.  The Company and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

The Company and the Guarantors shall indemnify each of the Trustee and its officers, directors, agents and employees or any successor Trustee against any and all losses, damages, claims, liabilities or expenses (including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee)) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance
or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, any Guarantor, or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or wilful
misconduct.  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company and the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder.  The Company and the Guarantors shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense.  The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company and the Guarantors shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  The
Company and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

 

-81-

BACK

The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 are joint and several and shall survive the satisfaction, discharge or termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes.  Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge
of this Indenture.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

 

	 	
SECTION 7.08.  
	

Replacement of Trustee.

 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

 

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company.  The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing.  The Company may remove the Trustee
if:

 

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace
the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, any Guarantor or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of a successor Trustee.

 

 

-82-

BACK

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor
Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders of the Notes.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of
the retiring Trustee.

 

	 	
SECTION 7.09.  
	

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

	 	
SECTION 7.10.  
	

Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined
capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 310(b).

 

	 	
SECTION 7.11.  
	

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

 

The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

	 	
SECTION 7.12.  
	

Collateral Agent.

 

The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent as if the Collateral Agent were named as the Trustee herein and the Security Documents were named as this Indenture herein.

 

 

-83-

BACK

 

	 	
SECTION 7.13.  
	

Co-Trustees; Separate Trustee; Collateral Agent

 

At any time or times, for the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Company, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall have power to appoint, and, upon the written request of (i) the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or (ii) the Holders of at least
25% of the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes, the Company shall for such purpose join with the Trustee in the execution, delivery and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to appoint, one or more Persons approved by the Trustee either to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Trustee, or to act as separate trustee, co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent of any such property, in either case with such powers as may be provided in the instrument
of appointment, and to vest in such Person or Persons in the capacity aforesaid, any property, title, right or power deemed necessary or desirable, subject to the other provisions of this Section 7.13.  If the Company does not join in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, or in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent alone shall have power to make such appointment.

 

Should any written instrument from the Company be requested by any co-trustee or separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent so appointed for more fully confirming to such co-trustee or separate trustee such property, title, right or power, any and all such instruments shall, on request of such
co-trustee or separate trustee or separate collateral agent, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Company.

 

Any co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent shall agree in writing to be and shall be subject to the provisions of the applicable Security Documents as if it were the Trustee or Collateral Agent thereunder (and the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall continue to be so subject).

 

Every co-trustee or separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent shall, to the extent permitted by law, but to such extent only, be appointed subject to the following terms, namely:

 

(a) The Notes shall be authenticated and delivered, and all rights, powers, duties and obligations hereunder in respect of the custody of securities, cash and other personal property held by, or required
to be deposited or pledged with, the Trustee hereunder, shall be exercised solely, by the Trustee.

 

(b) The rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby conferred or imposed upon the Trustee in respect of any property covered by such appointment shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised
or performed by the Trustee or by the Trustee and such co-trustee or separate trustee jointly, or by the Trustee and such co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent jointly as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such co-trustee, separate trustee or separate collateral agent, except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act, in which event such rights,
powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by

 

 

-84-

BACK

such co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent.

 

(c) The Trustee at any time, by an instrument in writing executed by it, with the concurrence of the Company evidenced by a board resolution, may accept the resignation of or remove any co-trustee,
separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent appointed under this Section 7.13, and, in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall have power to accept the resignation of, or remove, any such co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent without the concurrence of the Company.  Upon the written request of the Trustee, the Company shall join with the Trustee in the execution,
delivery and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to effectuate such resignation or removal.  A successor to any co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent so resigned or removed may be appointed in the manner provided in this Section 7.13.

 

(d) No co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent hereunder shall be liable by reason of any act or omission of the Trustee, or any other
such trustee, co-trustee, separate trustee, co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent hereunder.

 

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable by reason of any act or omission of any co-trustee, separate trustee, co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent.

 

(f) Any act of Holders delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been delivered to each such co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral
agent, as the case may be.

 

	 	
SECTION 7.14.  
	

Patriot Act.

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “U.S.A. Patriot Act”), the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the
funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

 

	 	
SECTION 7.15.  
	

Force Majeure

 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear
or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and

 

 

-85-

BACK

hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

	 	
SECTION 7.16.  
	

Limitation on Duty of Trustee in Respect of Collateral; Indemnification.

 

(a) Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, the Trustee shall have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee
or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and the Trustee shall not be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. The Trustee shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral
is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Trustee in good faith.

 

(b) The Trustee shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral,
whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Company to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or
otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. The Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of this Indenture or the Security Documents by the Company, any Guarantor, the Secured Parties or the Collateral Agent.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

	 	
SECTION 8.01.  
	

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

	 	
SECTION 8.02.  
	

Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their

 

 

-86-

BACK

respective obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, as applicable, on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire
Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise
terminated or discharged hereunder:  (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the
Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8.  Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

	 	
SECTION 8.03.  
	

Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the Security Documents and the covenants contained in Sections 4.06, 4.07, 4.08,
4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.19, 4.20 and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding”
for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant
to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(c) through
6.01(g) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

	 	
SECTION 8.04.  
	

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

 

 

-87-

BACK

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

 

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof,
in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on an applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A)
the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming
that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(d) no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than an Event of Default or Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied
to such deposit);

 

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any First Lien Obligations or any other material agreement or instrument
(other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 

(f) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;

 

(g) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders

 

 

-88-

BACK

of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and

 

(h) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for, in the case of the Officers’ Certificate,
clauses (a) through (g) and, in the case of the Opinion of Counsel, clauses (b), (c), (e) and (f) of this Section 8.04 relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, have been complied with.

 

	 	
SECTION 8.05.  
	

Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and
applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Company and the Guarantors shall jointly and severably pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

	 	
SECTION 8.06.  
	

Repayment to Company.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall, subject to applicable escheat law, be paid
to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as a secured creditor, look only to the Company or Guarantors for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such

 

 

-89-

BACK

repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such
money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

 

	 	
SECTION 8.07.  
	

Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s
and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company or the Guarantors make any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Company and the Guarantors shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

	 	
SECTION 9.01.  
	

Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company and the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Notes or (subject to any required consents of others) the Security Documents without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

 

(a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

(b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 hereof (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not
materially adversely affect any Holder;

 

(c) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s
assets pursuant to Article 5 hereof;

 

(d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note; or

 

(e) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

 

 

-90-

BACK

(f) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Security Documents by a successor Collateral Agent;

 

(g) to add to the Collateral securing the Notes;

 

(h) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Security Documents to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” contained within the Final Offering Memorandum of the
Company dated January 29, 2010 (“Final Offering Memorandum”) to the extent that the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such text constitutes an unintended conflict with the description of the corresponding provision in the “Description of the Notes”;

 

(i) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as additional security for the payment and performance of all
or any portion of the Second Lien Obligations, on any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or on which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;

 

(j) to provide for the release of Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents or this Indenture; or

 

(k) to secure any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations under the Security Documents and to appropriately include the same in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and each of the Guarantors, authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and each of the
Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

	 	
SECTION 9.02.  
	

With Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, (i) the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including Sections 3.09, 4.06 and 4.07 hereof), the Note Guarantees, and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be

 

 

-91-

BACK

waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes) and (ii) the Security Documents or the obligations thereunder may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of not less than
a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations then outstanding, voting as one class.

 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and each of the Guarantors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon
receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and each of the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the
validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes.  However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than provisions relating to Sections 3.09, 4.06 and
4.07 hereof);

 

(c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(e) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

 

 

-92-

BACK

(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on
the Notes;

 

(g) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.06 or 4.07;

 

(h) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, or amend the provisions of this Indenture relating to the release of Guarantors, except as set forth
in this Indenture;

 

(i) release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents otherwise than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the Security Documents; or

 

(j) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

 

	 	
SECTION 9.03.  
	

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

 

	 	
SECTION 9.04.  
	

Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However,
any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

	 	
SECTION 9.05.  
	

Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes (accompanied by a notation of the Note Guarantees duly endorsed by the Guarantors) that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

	 	
SECTION 9.06.  
	

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights,

 

 

-93-

BACK

duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  The Company and the Guarantors may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until the Board of Directors approves it.  In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected
in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

GUARANTEES

 

	 	
SECTION 10.01.  
	

Note Guarantees.

 

Subject to the provisions of this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations
of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:  (a) the principal of, premium and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at the maturity or interest payment or mandatory redemption date, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture and the Notes shall be promptly paid in full or performed,
all in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally
obligated to pay the same immediately.  The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions of this Indenture and the Notes, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise
constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that the Note Guarantees shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.  As more
particularly set forth in Section 4.13, the Notes shall be guaranteed in the future by each new North American Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary.  The Notes also shall be guaranteed in the future as required by Section 4.14.

 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or Guarantors, or any Custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, these Guarantees, to the extent theretofore discharged,
shall be reinstated in full force and effect.  Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in

 

 

-94-

BACK

relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of these Guarantees, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing
such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of these Guarantees.  The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under these Guarantees.

 

	 	
SECTION 10.02.  
	

Limitation of Guarantor’s Liability.

 

Each Guarantor and, by its acceptance hereof, each Holder hereof, hereby confirm that it is their intention that the Note Guarantee by such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state
law to the extent applicable to the Note Guarantees.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, each such person hereby irrevocably agrees that the obligation of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee under this Article 10 shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or otherwise) liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any rights to contribution of such Guarantor pursuant to any
agreement providing for an equitable contribution among such Guarantor and other Affiliates of the Company of payments made by guarantees by such parties, result in the obligations of such Guarantor in respect of such maximum amount not constituting a fraudulent conveyance.  Each Holder, by accepting the benefits hereof, confirms its intention that, in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding of the Company or any Guarantor in which concurrent claims are made upon such Guarantor
hereunder, to the extent such claims shall not be fully satisfied, each such claimant with a valid claim against the Company shall be entitled to a ratable share of all payments by such Guarantor in respect of such concurrent claims.

 

	 	
SECTION 10.03.  
	

Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees.

 

To evidence the Note Guarantees set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of the Note Guarantees substantially in the form of Exhibit D shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such
Guarantor by its President, Chief Financial Officer or one of its Vice Presidents.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that the Note Guarantees set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of the Note Guarantees.

 

 

-95-

BACK

If an officer or Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantees no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which the Note Guarantees are endorsed, the Note Guarantees shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantees set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

	 	
SECTION 10.04.  
	

Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

 

(a) Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of
the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to the Company or to a Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

(b) Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into a corporation or corporations other than the Company
(whether or not affiliated with the Guarantor), or successive consolidations or mergers in which a Guarantor or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to a corporation other than the Company (whether or not affiliated with the Guarantor) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, that such transaction meets all of the following requirements:  (i)
either:  (a) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or the jurisdiction in which such Guarantor is organized and under the laws of which it is existing; (ii) the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor), or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made, assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Note Guarantees and this Indenture, as applicable, pursuant to a supplemental indenture reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee; and (iii) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists.  In case of any such
consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantees endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a
Guarantor.  Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee.  All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note
Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing conditions shall not apply to a Guarantor which is

 

 

-96-

BACK

a Subsidiary of the Company in connection with a transaction as a result of which such Guarantor will be released from its Note Guarantee as provided in Section 10.05 hereof.

 

	 	
SECTION 10.05.  
	

Releases.

 

Concurrently with any sale of assets (including, if applicable, all of the capital stock of any Guarantor), any Liens in favor of the Trustee in the assets sold thereby shall be released; provided that in the event of an Asset Sale, the Net Proceeds from such sale or other disposition are treated in accordance with the provisions of Section
4.07 hereof.

 

The Note Guarantee or the obligations under Section 10.04 hereof of a Guarantor that is a subsidiary will be released:

 

(a) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation), if the Company applies the
Net Proceeds of that sale or other disposition in accordance with Section 4.07 hereof; or

 

(b) in connection with any sale of all of the capital stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor, if the Company applies the Net Proceeds of that sale in accordance with Section 4.07 hereof.

 

Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.07 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the
release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantees.  Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

 

	 	
SECTION 10.06.  
	

“Trustee” to Include Paying Agent.

 

In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term “Trustee” as used in this Article 10 shall in such case (unless the context shall otherwise require) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully
and for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article 10 in place of the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

	 	
SECTION 11.01.  
	

Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

This Indenture shall upon the request of the Company cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof, and the Trustee’s and the

 

 

-97-

BACK

Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 11.02 hereof) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when

 

(a) either

 

(i) (all outstanding Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07
and (B) Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust with the Trustee or any Paying Agent and thereafter paid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(ii) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

 

(A) have become due and payable;

 

(B) shall become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year; or

 

(C) are to be called for redemption within one year under irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name and at the expense
of the Company,

 

and the Company, in the case of clause (A), (B) or (C) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose money or Government Securities in an amount sufficient (as certified by an independent public accountant designated by the Company) to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness
of such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due and payable) or the Stated Maturity or redemption date, and the Holders have a valid perfected exclusive security interest on such deposit, as the case may be;

 

(b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable hereunder by the Company;

 

(c) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit and after giving effect to such deposit; and

 

(d) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.11, 7.07, 7.08, and 13.02, 13.03 and 13.04, and

 

 

-98-

BACK

the Trustee’s and Paying Agent’s obligations in Section 11.02 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding.  Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Section 7.07 shall survive.

 

In order to have money available on a payment date to pay principal (and premium, if any, on) or interest on the Notes, the Government Securities shall be payable as to principal (and premium, if any) or interest at least one Business Day before such payment date in such amounts as shall provide the necessary money.  Government
Securities shall not be callable at the Company’s option.

 

	 	
SECTION 11.02.  
	

Application of Trust.

 

All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be held in trust and, at the written direction of the Company, be invested prior to maturity in U.S. Government Obligations, and applied by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for the payment of which money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

SECURITY

 

	 	
SECTION 12.01.  
	

Security Documents.

 

In order to secure the due and punctual payment of the Second Lien Obligations, the Company, the Domestic Guarantors, the Collateral Agent and the other parties thereto have simultaneously with the execution of this Indenture entered into or, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.13, Section 4.20 and this Article 12, will enter into
the Security Documents.

 

	 	
SECTION 12.02.  
	

Recording, Registration and Opinions.

 

(a) To the extent applicable, the Company will comply with the provisions of TIA §314(b), relating to reports, and, following qualification of this Indenture under the TIA (if required), §314(d).  Any certificate or
opinion required by TIA §314(d) may be made by an Officer of the Company except in cases where TIA §314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert, who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.  Following the qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the TIA, to the extent the Company is required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to TIA §314(b)(2) (as determined by the Company), the Company
will furnish such opinion prior to each December 1.  For the avoidance of doubt, if this Indenture is not qualified under the TIA, the Company shall not be required to comply with §314(d) of the TIA.

 

(b) Any release of Collateral permitted or required by Section 12.03 hereof or the Security Documents will be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any Person that
is required to deliver a certificate or opinion pursuant to Section 314(d) of the TIA or otherwise under this Indenture or the Security Documents, shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of

 

 

-99-

BACK

such certificate or opinion.  The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such documents and opinion.

 

	 	
SECTION 12.03.  
	

Releases of Collateral.

 

The Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees will, automatically and without the need for any further action by any Person, be released:

 

(a) in whole or in part, with the consent of the requisite Holders in accordance with Article 9, including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase
of, Notes:

 

(b) in whole, upon:

 

(i) discharge of this Indenture under Section 11.01 hereof;

 

(ii) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of this Indenture under Article 8 hereof; or

 

(iii) payment in full of outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest and all other Obligations on the Notes issued under this Indenture;

 

(c) in part, as to any asset constituting Collateral

 

(i) that is sold or otherwise disposed of by the Company or any of the Domestic Guarantors (other than any such sale to the Company or a Domestic Guarantor) in a transaction permitted under Section
4.07 and the Security Documents (to the extent of the interest sold or disposed of) or otherwise permitted by this Indenture and the Security Documents, if all other Liens on that asset securing the First Lien Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (including all commitments thereunder) then secured by that asset are released;

 

(ii) that is cash withdrawn from deposit accounts for any purpose not prohibited under this Indenture or the Security Documents;

 

(iii) that is Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Parent Company to the extent necessary for such Subsidiary not to be subject to any requirement pursuant to Rule 3-16 or Rule 3-10 of Regulation
S-X under the Exchange Act, due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock secures the Notes or the Note Guarantees, to file separate financial statements with the SEC (or any other governmental agency);

 

(iv) that is used to make a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment permitted by this Indenture;

 

 

-100-

BACK

(v) that becomes Excluded Property (as defined in the Security Agreement); or

 

(vi) that is otherwise released in accordance with, and as expressly provided for in accordance with, this Indenture and the Security Documents.

 

	 	
SECTION 12.04.  
	

Form and Sufficiency of Release.

 

In the event that either the Company or any Domestic Guarantor has sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of or proposes to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any portion of the Collateral that, under the terms of this Indenture, may be sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of by the Company or any Domestic Guarantor, and the Company
or such Domestic Guarantor requests the Trustee to furnish a written disclaimer, release or quitclaim of any interest in such property under this Indenture, the applicable Note Guarantee and the Security Documents, upon receipt of an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such release complies with Section 12.03 and specifying the provision in Section 12.03 pursuant to which such release is being made (upon which the Trustee may exclusively and conclusively rely), the Trustee shall
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company or such Domestic Guarantor (or instruct the Collateral Agent to do the same) such an instrument in the form provided by the Company, and providing for release without recourse and shall take such other action as the Company or such Domestic Guarantor may reasonably request and as necessary to effect such release at the expense of the Company and the Guarantors.  Before executing, acknowledging or delivering any such instrument, the Trustee shall be furnished
with an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (on which the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively and exclusively rely) each stating that such release is authorized and permitted by the terms hereof and the Security Documents and that all conditions precedent with respect to such release have been complied with.

 

	 	
SECTION 12.05.  
	

Possession and Use of Collateral.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, the Company and the Domestic Guarantors shall have the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of and to exercise all rights with respect to the Collateral (other than monies or U.S. government obligations deposited pursuant to Article 8, and other than as set forth in
the Security Documents and this Indenture), to operate, manage, develop, lease, use, consume and enjoy the Collateral (other than monies and U.S. government obligations deposited pursuant to Article 8 and other than as set forth in the Security Documents and this Indenture), to alter or repair any Collateral so long as such alterations and repairs do not impair the Lien of the Security Documents thereon, and to collect, receive, use, invest and dispose of the reversions, remainders, interest, rents, lease payments,
issues, profits, revenues, proceeds and other income thereof.

 

	 	
SECTION 12.06.
	

Purchaser Protected.

 

No purchaser or grantee of any property or rights purporting to be released shall be bound to ascertain the authority of the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the existence of any conditions herein prescribed for the exercise of such authority so long as the conditions set forth in Section 12.04 have been satisfied.

 

 

-101-

BACK

 

	 	
SECTION 12.07.
	

Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents.

 

In acting hereunder and under the Security Documents, the Holders, the Company and the Domestic Guarantors agree that the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to the rights, privileges, protections, immunities, indemnities and benefits provided to the Trustee hereunder as if such were provided to the Collateral Agent.  Furthermore,
each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as its collateral agent, and consents to the terms of and authorizes and directs the Trustee (in each of its capacities) and the Collateral Agent to enter into and perform the Security Documents in each of its capacities thereunder.

 

	 	
SECTION 12.08.
	

Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Agreement.

 

Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of Holders distributed under the Security Documents to the Collateral Agent, and to apply such funds as provided in this Indenture and the Security Documents.

 

	 	
SECTION 12.09.
	

Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Collateral Agent.

 

In case any Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 12 upon the Company or any Domestic Guarantor, as applicable, with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by
such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company or any Domestic Guarantor, as applicable, or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 12.

 

	 	
SECTION 12.10.
	

Appointment and Authorization of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Collateral Agent.

 

(a) Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is hereby designated and appointed as the Collateral Agent of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents, and is authorized as the Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties to execute and
enter into each of the Security Documents and all other instruments relating to the Security Documents and (i) to take action and exercise such powers as are expressly required or permitted hereunder and under the Security Documents and all instruments relating hereto and thereto and (ii) to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are in each case, expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof and thereof together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental hereto and thereto.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Indenture or the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein or therein or any fiduciary
relationship with any other Secured Party, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or

 

 

-102-

BACK

liabilities shall be read into this Indenture or any Security Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent.

 

(c) The Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted
or suffered by it hereunder or under the Security Documents in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

	 	
SECTION 13.01.
	

Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

	 	
SECTION 13.02.
	

Notices.

 

Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

	
  
	
If to the Company or any Guarantor:

 

	
  
	
Cenveo Corporation

	
  
	
c/o Cenveo, Inc.

	
  
	
One Canterbury Green

	
  
	
201 Broad Street

	
  
	
Stamford, Connecticut 06901

	
  
	
Telecopier No.:  203-595-3074

	
  
	
Attention:  General Counsel

 

	
  
	
If to the Trustee:

 

	
  
	
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

	
  
	
45 Broadway, 14th Floor

	
  
	
New York, NY 10006

	
  
	
Attention:  Cenveo Administrator

 

With a copy to:

 

Wells Fargo Bank

Corporate Trust Services

MAC N9311-110

 

 

-103-

BACK

625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, MN 55479

 

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery
to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA
Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

	 	
SECTION 13.03.
	

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

 

The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 312(b), and Holders may communicate pursuant thereto with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Notes.  The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

 

	 	
SECTION 13.04.
	

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company or such Guarantors shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion
of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

 

-104-

BACK

 

	 	
SECTION 13.05.
	

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and shall include:

 

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such
covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 

	 	
SECTION 13.06.
	

Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

	 	
SECTION 13.07.
	

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

 

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation.  Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

 

	 	
SECTION 13.08.
	

Governing Law.

 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

 

	 	
SECTION 13.09.
	

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture or the Note Guarantees.

 

 

-105-

BACK

 

	 	
SECTION 13.10.
	

Successors.

 

All agreements of the Company and the Guarantors in this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall bind their respective successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

	 	
SECTION 13.11.
	

Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

	 	
SECTION 13.12.
	

Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

  

	 	
SECTION 13.13.
	

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

	 	
SECTION 13.14.
	

Record Date for Voting by or Consent of Holders.

 

In any instance in which the Holders shall be entitled to vote or consent to any matter, the record date for such vote or consent shall be the date specified in TIA Section 316(c), unless otherwise provided herein.

 

	 	
SECTION 13.15.
	

Intercreditor Agreement

 

The Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders are bound by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Security Documents.

 

	 	
SECTION 13.16.
	

Waiver of Jury Trial

 

EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

 

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

-106-

BACK

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Indenture as of the date first written above.

 

	 	CENVEO CORPORATION	 
	 	 	 	 
	
 
	
By: 
	 /s/ Mark S. Hiltwein	 
	 	 	
Name:  Mark S. Hiltwein
	 
	 	 	
Title:  Chief Financial Officer
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	Each entity listed on Schedule A hereto 	 

 

	
 
	
By: 
	 /s/ Mark S. Hiltwein	 
	 	 	
Name:  Mark S. Hiltwein
	 
	 	 	
Title:  Chief Financial Officer
	 

 

	 	
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
	 
	 	 	 	 
	
 
	
By: 
	 /s/ Raymond Delli Colli	 
	 	 	
Name:  Raymond Delli Colli
	 
	 	 	
Title:  Vice President
	 
	 	 	 	 

 

 

 

 

BACK

SCHEDULE A

 

SCHEDULE OF GUARANTORS

 

Cenveo, Inc.

Cenveo Commercial Ohio, LLC

Cenveo Government Printing, Inc.

Cenveo Services LLC

Cenveo Resale Ohio, LLC

Discount Labels, LLC

Cenveo Omemee LLC

Colorhouse China, Inc.

CRX JV, LLC

CRX Holding, Inc.

Rx Technology Corp.

CNMW Investments, Inc.

RX JV Holding, Inc.

PC Ink Corp.

Printegra Corporation

Cadmus Printing Group, Inc.

Washburn Graphics, Inc.

Cadmus Journal Services, Inc.

Cadmus Financial Distribution, Inc.

Cadmus Technology Solutions, Inc.

Garamond/Pridemark Press, Inc.

Cadmus Delaware, Inc.

Cadmus UK, Inc.

Expert Graphics, Inc.

Cadmus Marketing Group, Inc.

Cadmus Direct Marketing, Inc.

Cadmus Interactive, Inc.

Cadmus Marketing, Inc.

Cadmus/O’Keefe Marketing Inc.

Old TSI, Inc.

Cadmus Investments, LLC

Port City Press, Inc.

Science Craftsman, Incorporated

Cadmus International Holdings, Inc.

CDMS Management, LLC

Vaughan Printers Incorporated

VSUB Holding Company

Cenveo CEM, LLC

Cenveo CEM, Inc.

Madison/Graham ColorGraphics, Inc.

Madison/Graham ColorGraphics Interstate Services, Inc.

Commercial Envelope Manufacturing Co. Inc.

Berlin & Jones Co., LLC

 

 

BACK

Heinrich Envelope, LLC

Rex Corporation

136 Eastport Road, LLC

Lightning Labels, LLC

Nashua Corporation

Nashua International, Inc.

Cenveo Alberta Finance Limited Partnership

Cenveo McLaren Morris & Todd Company

 

-2-

BACK

EXHIBIT A

(Face of Note)

CUSIP/CINS:  [          ]1

 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE,
(II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

 

THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED ON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS) AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.

 

 

 

	
1
	
For 144A Note, enter 144A CUSIP number; for Reg S Note, enter Reg S CUSIP number.

 

 

  

BACK

8.875% Senior Second Lien Notes due 2018

 

	No. [  ] 	$[          ]

 

CENVEO CORPORATION

 

promises to pay to Cede & Co.

 

or registered assigns,

 

the principal sum of [                                                                                                ]

 

_________________________

 

on February 1, 2018.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  February 1 and August 1

 

Record Dates:  January 15 and July 15

 

Dated:  [                                ]

 

 

  

BACK

	 	CENVEO CORPORATION	 
	 	 	 	 
	
 
	
By: 
	 	 
	 	 	Name:	 
	 	 	Title:	 
	 	 	 	 

 

	
 
	
By: 
	 	 
	 	 	Name:	 
	 	 	Title:	 
	 	 	 	 

 

  

BACK

This is one of the

Notes referred to in the

within-mentioned Indenture:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

	
  
	
as Trustee

 

	 	 	 
	
By: 
	 	 
	 	Authorized Signatory	 
	 	 	 

 

 

 

  

BACK

(Back of Note)

 

 

8.875% Senior Second Lien Notes due 2018

 

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1. Interest.  Cenveo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8.875% per annum from February 5, 2010 until maturity.  The Company will pay interest and Additional Interest,
if any, semi-annually in arrears on each February 1 and August 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred
to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be August 1, 2010.  The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the interest rate on this Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2. Method of Payment.  The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 15 or July 15, next preceding the Interest Payment
Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest may be made by check
mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent.  Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar.  Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The
Company or any of the Guarantors may act in any such capacity.

 

 

 

BACK

4. Indenture.  The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of February 5, 2010 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee.  This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company designated
as its 8.875% Senior Second Lien Notes due 2018, which may be issued under the Indenture.  The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture.  The Notes and any Additional Notes issued in accordance with the Indenture are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture unless otherwise specified.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb).  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.  The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company.

 

5.  Optional Redemption.

 

(a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to February 1, 2014, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed
plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date)

 

(b) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (a), (c) and (d) of this Paragraph 5, the Company shall not have the option to redeem the Notes  prior to February 1, 2014.  Thereafter, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’
notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of the years indicated below:

 

 

	 	
YEAR
	
PERCENTAGE

	 	
2014                                                        
	

104.438%

	 	
2015                                                        
	

102.219%

	 	
2016 and thereafter                                                        
	

100.000%

 

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to February 1, 2013, the Company may at its option on any one or more occasions redeem the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
(including Additional Notes, if any) originally issued at a redemption price of 108.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

 

 

-2-

BACK

(i) at least 65% of such aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) originally issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (other than Notes held directly or indirectly by the Parent Company, the Company and its Affiliates); and

 

(ii) each such redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Paragraph 5, prior to February 1, 2014, the Company may at its option redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date in any 12-month period, in connection with up to two redemptions in such 12-month period, upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price of 103% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

 

6. Mandatory Redemption.

 

Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

 

7. Repurchase At Option of Holder.

 

(a) If there is a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof (provided, however that no Notes will be purchased in part if such Note would have a remaining principal
amount of less than $2,000) of each Holder’s Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).  Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the
Indenture.

 

(b) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummate an Asset Sale or an Event of Loss offer, the Company shall, if required by Section 4.07 or Section 4.19, as the case may be, of the Indenture, promptly commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase
the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Net Proceeds or Net Loss Proceeds, as applicable, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased
on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or $1,000 integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased).  Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Offer from the Company at least twenty Business Days prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have

 

 

-3-

BACK

such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes.

 

8. Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed by first class mail to its registered address.  Notes in denominations larger
than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.  On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The
Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period
of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

11. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.  Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Security Documents, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Security Documents,
the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.  Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Security Documents, the Guarantees, or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s
obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, or to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

12. Defaults and Remedies.  Events of Default include:  (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on or Additional Interest, if any, with respect to the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any,
on the Notes; (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with Sections 4.06, 4.07, 4.08 and 4.09 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with any other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which
there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by

 

 

-4-

BACK

the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such
Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $35.0 million or more; (vi) the failure by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $35.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Note Guarantee; (viii)
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and (ix) with respect to any Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $10.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, (a) any default or breach by the Company or any Guarantor in the performance of its obligations under the Security Documents or the Indenture which
adversely affects in any material respect the condition or value of the Collateral or the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Second Priority Liens, taken as a whole, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof by the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding notes, or (b) any security interest created under the Security Documents or under the Indenture is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent
jurisdiction or (y) the Company or any Guarantor asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any security interest in any Collateral is invalid or unenforceable.  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency,
with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary constituting a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.  Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee
in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.  If an Event of Default occurs by reason of willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would
have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Indenture, then, upon acceleration of the Notes, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable, to the extent permitted by law, anything in the Indenture or herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

 

-5-

BACK

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal
of, the Notes.  The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

13. Trustee Dealings with Company.  The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were
not the Trustee.

 

14. No Recourse Against Others.  A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or the Guarantors, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantees,
or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

 

15. Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

16. Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common),
CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

17. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes.  In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights
set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 5, 2010, among the Company, the Guarantors and the parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “Registration Rights Agreement”).

 

18. CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience
to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement.  Requests may be made to:

 

Cenveo Corporation

c/o Cenveo, Inc.

One Canterbury Green

 

 

-6-

BACK

201 Broad Street

Stamford, CT  06901

Attention:  General Counsel

 

 

-7-

BACK

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:  (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

	and irrevocably appoint 	 

 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:  ____________________                                                    

 

 

Your Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name

appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:  ____________________                                                           

 

  

BACK

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.09, 4.07 or 4.19 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

o Section 3.09                                  o Section
4.07                                  o Section 4.19 

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.09, Section 4.07 or Section 4.19 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$_______________

 

Date: _______________               

 

 

Your Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name

appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.: _______________                                                               

 

Signature Guarantee: ________________                                                               

 

  

BACK

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

 

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

	

Date of

Exchange

	 	

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

	 	

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note

	 	

Principal Amount

of this Global

Note following

such decrease (or

increase)

	 	

Signature of

authorized

signatory of

Trustee or Note

Custodian

	 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 

 

  

BACK

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Cenveo Corporation

c/o Cenveo, Inc.

One Canterbury Green

201 Broad Street

Stamford, CT  06901

Wells Fargo Bank – DAPS Reorg.

MAC N9303-121

608 2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Fax: (866)969-1290

with a copy to:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Corporate Trust Administration

45 Broadway, 14th Floor

New York, NY 10006

Attention: Cenveo Administrator

 

Re:  8.875% Senior Second Lien Notes due 2018

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 5, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Cenveo Corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

________________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Notes[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”),
to __________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto.  In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A.  The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Notes is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and
such person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the

 

 

B-1

BACK

United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture
and the Securities Act.

 

2. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation
S.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that
the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan
or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person.  Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

3. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

 

(a) o Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under
the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no
longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(b) oCheck if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under
the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no
longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement

 

 

 

-2-

BACK

 

Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(c) oCheck if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

 

-3-

BACK

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

	 	 	 
	 	[Insert Name of Transferor] 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
 
	
By: 
	 	 
	 	 	
Name:
	 
	 	 	
Title:
	 
	 	 	 	 

 

 

Dated:__________, ____

 

 

-4-

BACK

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

(a) o a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i) o144A Global Note (CUSIP ____), or

 

(ii) oRegulation S Global Note (CUSIP ____), or

 

(b) o a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a) oa beneficial interest in the:

 

(i) o 144A Global Note (CUSIP ____), or

 

(ii) oRegulation S Global Note (CUSIP ____), or

 

(iii) oUnrestricted Global Note (CUSIP ____); or

 

(b) o a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

(c) oan Unrestricted Definitive Note.

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

-5-

BACK

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Cenveo Corporation

c/o Cenveo, Inc.

One Canterbury Green

201 Broad Street

Stamford, CT  06901

Wells Fargo Bank – DAPS Reorg.

MAC N9303-121

608 2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Fax: (866)969-1290

with a copy to:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Corporate Trust Administration

45 Broadway, 14th Floor

New York, NY 10006

Attention: Cenveo Administrator

Re:  8.875% Senior Second Lien Notes due 2018

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 5, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among Cenveo Corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

____________ (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $__________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”).  In
connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

 

(a) oCheck if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  In
connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the

 

 

C-1

BACK

Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(b) oCheck if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.  In connection
with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(c) oCheck if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  In connection
with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(d) oCheck if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Owner’s
Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required
in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

 

(a) oCheck if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note.  In connection
with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued

 

 

-2-

BACK

will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

(b) oCheck if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.  In connection
with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] o 144A Global Note, o Regulation S Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable
to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

	 	 	 
	 	[Insert Name of Owner]	 
	 	 	 	 
	
 
	
By: 
	 	 
	 	 	
Name:
	 
	 	 	
Title:
	 
	 	 	 	 

 

Dated:__________, ____

 

 

-3-

BACK

EXHIBIT D

 

GUARANTEE

 

Each of the undersigned hereto (hereinafter referred to as the “Guarantors”, which term includes any successor or additional Guarantor under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) referred to in the Note upon which this notation is endorsed) (i) has unconditionally guaranteed (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal
of, premium and interest on the Notes, whether at maturity or interest payment date, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, (b) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and (if lawful) interest on the Notes, (c) the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee, all in accordance with the terms set forth in the Indenture, and (d) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other
obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise and (ii) has agreed to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in accordance with the terms of the Indenture in enforcing any rights under this Guarantee.

 

No stockholder, officer, director, employee or incorporator, as such, past, present or future, of the Guarantors shall have any personal liability under this Guarantee by reason of his or its status as such stockholder, officer, director, employee or incorporator.

 

This Guarantee shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically
extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

 

This Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers.

 

	 	EACH ENTITY LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO	 
	 	 	 	 
	
 
	
By: 
	 	 
	 	 	
Name:
	 
	 	 	
Title:  Chief Financial Officer
	 
	 	 	 	 

 

 

D-1

BACK

SCHEDULE I

 

Cenveo, Inc.

Cenveo Commercial Ohio, LLC

Cenveo Government Printing, Inc.

Cenveo Services LLC

Cenveo Resale Ohio, LLC

Discount Labels, LLC

Cenveo Omemee LLC

Colorhouse China, Inc.

CRX JV, LLC

CRX Holding, Inc.

Rx Technology Corp.

CNMW Investments, Inc.

RX JV Holding, Inc.

PC Ink Corp.

Printegra Corporation

Cadmus Printing Group, Inc.

Washburn Graphics, Inc.

Cadmus Journal Services, Inc.

Cadmus Financial Distribution, Inc.

Cadmus Technology Solutions, Inc.

Garamond/Pridemark Press, Inc.

Cadmus Delaware, Inc.

Cadmus UK, Inc.

Expert Graphics, Inc.

Cadmus Marketing Group, Inc.

Cadmus Direct Marketing, Inc.

Cadmus Interactive, Inc.

Cadmus Marketing, Inc.

Cadmus/O’Keefe Marketing Inc.

Old TSI, Inc.

Cadmus Investments, LLC

Port City Press, Inc.

Science Craftsman, Incorporated

Cadmus International Holdings, Inc.

CDMS Management, LLC

Vaughan Printers Incorporated

VSUB Holding Company

Cenveo CEM, LLC

Cenveo CEM, Inc.

Madison/Graham ColorGraphics, Inc.

Madison/Graham ColorGraphics Interstate Services, Inc.

Commercial Envelope Manufacturing Co. Inc.

Berlin & Jones Co., LLC

Heinrich Envelope, LLC

 

D-2

BACK

Rex Corporation

136 Eastport Road, LLC

Lightning Labels, LLC

Nashua Corporation

Nashua International, Inc.

Cenveo Alberta Finance Limited Partnership

Cenveo McLaren Morris & Todd Company

 

D-3

BACK

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

 

 

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

 

Cenveo Corporation

c/o Cenveo, Inc.

One Canterbury Green

201 Broad Street

Stamford, CT  06901

Wells Fargo Bank – DAPS Reorg.

MAC N9303-121

608 2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Fax: (866)969-1290

with a copy to:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Corporate Trust Administration

45 Broadway, 14th Floor

New York, NY 10006

Attention: Cenveo Administrator

 

Re:  8 7/8% Senior Second Lien Notes due 2018

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 5, 2010(the “Indenture”), between Cenveo Corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

In connection with our proposed purchase of $__________ aggregate principal amount of:

 

(a) o a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

 

(b) o a Definitive Note.

 

We confirm that;

 

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except
in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

 

E-1

BACK

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence.  We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts
for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (c) an “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially
in the form of this letter and an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Definitive Note
or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

 

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies
with the foregoing restrictions.  We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.  We further understand that any subsequent transfer by us of the Notes or beneficial interest therein acquired by us must be effected through one of the Placement Agents.

 

4. We are an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), (5), (6), (7) or (8) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment
in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

	 	 	 
	 	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]	 
	 	 	 	 
	
 
	
By: 
	 	 
	 	 	
Name:
	 
	 	 	
Title:
	 
	 	 	 	 

Dated:           __________, ____

 

E-2

BACK

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF INTERCOMPANY NOTE

 

	
$___________
	
One Canterbury Green

	
  
	
201 Broad Street

	
  
	
Stamford, CT 06901

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, [name of subsidiary of Cenveo Corporation], a _______ corporation (hereinafter “Maker”) promises to pay on demand to CENVEO CORPORATION (“Lender”), or order, at the address set forth above, or such other place as may be designated from time
to time by the holder hereof, the principal sum of _________________ ($__________), with interest from the date of the making of the loan evidenced hereby, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.  The rate of interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be            per annum.  Maker shall make monthly payments of interest on the outstanding principal balance hereof at the aforementioned rate on or before the           day
of each month during which the principal amount remains outstanding, commencing on the                 day of the first month following the date of this Promissory Note, and until this Note shall have been paid in full.  Maker reserves the right to prepay this Note at any time, wholly or partially, without penalty.

 

This Promissory Note and the indebtedness evidenced hereby is unsecured.  The payment of the principal amount of, interest on or any other amounts due under this Promissory Note shall not be subordinated in right of payment to any other existing or future indebtedness of the Maker.

 

In the event any payments required by this Note are not paid when due, or in the event Maker violates any of the terms and conditions of this Note, then the whole sum of both principal and interest shall become due and payable at once without further notice at the option of the holder hereof.

 

Maker hereby waives presentation of payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest.  Holder’s failure to exercise any right or option hereunder on certain occasions shall not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise such right or option on any other occasion.

 

Maker hereby executes and delivers this Promissory Note as of the ___day of ______, _____________.

 

	 	 	 
	 	Maker	 
	 	 	 	 
	
 
	
By: 
	 	 
	 	 	
Name:
	 
	 	 	
Title:
	 
	 	 	 	 

 

 

F-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00168-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00168-of-00352.parquet"}]]